ogs editorial guide - ontario€¦ · fourth edition ontario geological survey miscellaneous paper...

OGS Editorial GuideFourth Edition

Ontario Geological SurveyMiscellaneous Paper 165

1996

OGS Editorial GuideFourth Edition

Ontario Geological SurveyMiscellaneous Paper 165

compiled by A.J. Weatherston

1996

OGS Editorial Guideii

�Queen�s Printer for Ontario, 1996 ISSN 0704-2752ISBN 0-7778-5592-5

All publications of the Ontario Geological Survey and the Ministry of Northern Develop-ment and Mines are available for viewing and purchase at the following locations:

Mines and Minerals Information Centre (MMIC)Macdonald Block, Room M2-17900 Bay StreetToronto, Ontario M7A 1C3Telephone: 1-800-665-4480 (within Ontario)

(416) 314-3800Fax: (416) 314-3797

Publication Sales933 Ramsey Lake Road, Level B2Sudbury, Ontario P3E 6B5Telephone: (705) 670-5691Fax: (705) 670-5770E-mail: [email protected]

Digital data (Data Sets and MRDs) are available only at Publication Sales, Sudbury.

Use of Visa or Mastercard ensures the fastest possible service. Cheques or money ordersshould be made payable to the Minister of Finance.

Canadian Cataloguing in Publication Data

Weatherston, A.J. (Alison Jane)OGS editorial guide

(Ontario Geological Survey miscellaneous paper, ISSN 0704-2752; 165)Includes bibliographical references: p.ISBN 0-7778-5592-5

1. Technical writing�Ontario�Handbooks, manuals, etc. 2. Geological mapping�On-tario�Handbooks, manuals, etc. I. Ontario Geological Survey. II. Title. III. Series.

T11.W42 1996 808i.066551 C96-964049-8

Every possible effort is made to ensure the accuracy of the information contained in thisreport, but the Ministry of Northern Development and Mines does not assume any liabilityfor errors that may occur. Source references are included in the report and usersmaywish toverify critical information.

If youwish to reproduce anyof the text, tables or illustrations in this report, please write forpermission to the Manager, Publication Services Section, Ministry of Northern Develop-ment and Mines, 933 Ramsey Lake Road, Level B4, Sudbury, Ontario P3E 6B5.

Cette publication est disponible en anglais seulement.

Parts of this report may be quoted if credit is given. It is recommended that reference bemade in the following form:

Weatherston, A.J. 1996. OGS editorial guide; Ontario Geological Survey, MiscellaneousPaper 165, 132p.

Quoted material in the �Confusable and Abusable Words and Phrases� section appearscourtesy of theGeological Society of America Bulletin and the Journal of Sedimentary Re-search.

Quoted material in the �Crown Copyright� section appears courtesy of the Department ofJustice.

Quoted material in the �Reproduction of Previously Published Material� section appearscourtesy of the Freelance Editors� Association of Canada.

OGS Editorial Guide iii

Contents

Introduction 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Reference Sources 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Publication Services� Editing Philosophy 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Selected Spellings 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Abbreviations and Initialisms 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Capitalization 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Geographical Terms 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Geological Terms 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Geological Feature Names 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Geological Time Subdivisions 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mining Terms 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Paleontological Terms 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Miscellaneous Capitalization Rules 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Italicization 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Geographical Terminology 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Structural and Geographical Measurements 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Describing Geographical Extent or Area 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Directions 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .District Names 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Geological Terminology 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rock Names 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mineral Assemblages 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Anorthite Content 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Deformation Episodes and Structural Element Generations 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Expressions of Time in Geological Writing 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Geological Time Subdivisions 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Age Determination 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Mining Terminology 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Company Names 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Reporting Ore Grades and Drilling Results 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Paleontological Terminology 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .People�s Names 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Numerical Expressions in Text 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Numbers 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cardinal Numbers 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Ordinal Numbers 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fractions 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Decimal Places 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Measurements 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Mathematical Symbols 19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Percent Symbol 19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Degree Symbol 19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Greater Than and Less Than Symbols 19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minute (Prime) and Second Symbols 19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Chemical Elements 20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Quotations in the Text 20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accuracy in Quotations 20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Run-In Quotations 21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Block Quotations 21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Omitted Text 21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

OGS Editorial Guideiv

Punctuating Quotations 22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Copyright 22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Crown Copyright 22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .External Publications 22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Reproduction of Previously Published Material 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Punctuation 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Commas 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Colons 24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Semicolons 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hyphens 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Compound Adjectives 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hyphenating Prefixes 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hyphens in References 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

En Dashes 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Em Dashes 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Three-Em Dashes 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Obliques (Slashes) 29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Apostrophes 33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Quotation Marks 33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Punctuation and Quotation Marks 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Parentheses 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Brackets 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lists 35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referring to Figures, Photos, Tables, Accompanying Maps and Other Sections of the Report 35. . . . . . . . . . .

Referring to Figures, Photos and Tables 35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referring to Other Sections of the Report 36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referring to Accompanying Maps 36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Confusable and Abusable Words and Phrases 37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .References as Cited in the Text 39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Citing General References 39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Citing Publications Authored by Organizations 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Citing More Than One Author at a Time 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Citing an Author With More Than One Publication in a Single Year 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Citing Multiple Authors 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Citing Multiple and Different Authors Publishing in the Same Year 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Citing Another Paper in the Same Volume 41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page Numbers in Reference Citations 41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Citing Personal and Written Communications, and Unpublished Data 41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Citing Newspaper Information 41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Citing Work in Press 41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Citing a Series of Maps 41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

References in the Reference List 41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .The Order of References in the Reference List 41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .The Use of Three-Em Dashes in the Reference List 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referencing Work in Press 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referencing Publications Authored by Organizations 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referencing Books 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referencing Articles in Periodicals 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referencing Compendia and Symposium Volumes 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referencing Articles in Compendia 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referencing Articles in Symposium Volumes 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referencing Abstracts 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referencing Open File Reports 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

OGS Editorial Guide v

Referencing Reports 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referencing Aggregate Resources Inventory Papers 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referencing Geological Data Inventory Folios 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referencing Parts of Annual Reports 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referencing Maps 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Preliminary Maps 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Final Maps 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Aggregate Resources Inventory Maps 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Geophysical/Geochemical Maps 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ODM�GSC Aeromagnetic Maps 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Series of Maps 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Referencing Digital Data 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referencing Mineral Deposits Inventory (MDI) Data 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referencing Data Sets 44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referencing Miscellaneous Release -- Data 44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Referencing Statutes 44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referencing Theses 44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referencing Assessment File Reports 44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referencing Unpublished Company Reports 44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Referencing Other Unpublished Sources 44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referencing Lecture Notes 44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referencing Talks 44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Referencing Posters 45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Reference Guidelines 45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Appendixes 47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix 1: Manuscript Transmittal Notice 49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix 2: Submission Standards for Final Reports 54. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix 3: Submission Standards for Final Maps 56. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix 4: Submission Standards for Open File Reports 58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix 5: Submission Standards for Summary of Field Work and Report of Activities Articles 60. . . . . . . . . .Appendix 6: Editing Checklist for Offset-Printed Reports and Coloured Maps 63. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix 7: Editing Checklist for Print-On-Demand Reports and Coloured Maps 70. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix 8: Copymarks for OGS Reports 76. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix 9: Formatting Map Legends Using DEC Codes 80. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix 10: Map Legend and Margin Material Format Guide 86. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix 11: Report Format 95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix 12: Information Needed for Archiving Diskettes 112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix 13: OGS Map Abbreviations 113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix 14: Symbols and Names of Chemical Elements 117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix 15: Hierarchy, Acronyms and Initialisms of Geophysical Exploration Methods 121. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix 16: Geochemical Symbols, Initialisms and Abbreviations 124. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix 17: Paleozoic Stratigraphy Currently in Use by the OGS for Southern and Eastern Ontario 127. . . . . . . .Appendix 18: Stratigraphy of the Huronian Supergroup 128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix 19: Copyright Permission Forms 129. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix 20: ARIP Format Rules 131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

References for this Volume 132. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 1. Hyphenation guide for compound nouns and adjectives 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 2. Hyphenation guide for prefixes and suffixes 32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PSS colour table back pocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1OGS Editorial Guide

INTRODUCTIONThe purpose of all editing carried out by PublicationServices is tomaximize the accuracy and readability of amanuscriptwithout altering the author�s meaning or style. Inherent in this process are the following practices:

D adherence to standard Ontario Geological Survey (OGS) guidelines regarding report and map legend layout, litho-logic nomenclature, and accepted spelling and hyphenation of geological terms

D adherence to recognized rules of grammar, spelling and punctuation as detailed in the various reference volumesapproved for use within Publication Services

D adherence to the standard scientific method of hypothesis based on verifiable observations

D elimination of any statements prejudicial to government policy, either past or present

D adherence toManagement Board of Cabinet Directives and Guidelines, particularly those relating to copyright andintellectual property

However, these practices should be considered only as means to an end�that of producing the most coherent and usefulpublication possible in the time available�and not as ends in themselves.

The first edition of theOGSEditorial Guidewas the result of a lengthy series of editorial meetings held in 1989, andwas�published� in September of that year. It was originally intended only as a comprehensive handbook for Publication Ser-vices editors. However, the level of author interest in its contents, even before it was completed, prompted us to make theguide available to all interested staff within theMines andMinerals Division.We merely asked that authors ignore thoseparts which pertained only to the editing of reports and maps.

We asked for comments on the content and format of the first edition and were pleased that a number of people took thetime to prepare thoughtful comments and suggestions for improvement. All were discussed, and as many as possiblewere incorporated into the second edition, which was released in September 1990. A third edition, without appendixes,was released in July 1995.

Wehave been collecting comments from editors, both internal and contract, and fromOGS staff during the past 5½years.With the new digital mapping standards and manuscript submission standards finalized, and the transition to digital pro-duction and on-demand reproduction completed, it is an appropriate time to update theOGS Editorial Guidewith a newedition that should see us into the next millennium. As was the case with its predecessors, all aspects of this new editionhave been discussed and approved by the OGS Publications Working Group.

Reference Sources

In order to provide consistency in the publications of the OGS, all authors (from the various sections) and editors (inPublication Services), must use the same reference sources for spelling, hyphenation and grammar. The followingsources have been in use since 1989:

1. Webster�s Ninth New Collegiate Dictionary After serious consideration, the editorial staff of Publication Serviceschose this dictionary due to its extensive coverage of technical and scientific terminology and its availability. Al-though the tenth edition has now been published, we have decided to stay with the older version due to the replace-ment cost. However, the new edition is perfectly acceptable if you already have it.

2. Glossary of Geology, Third Edition (American Geological Institute) This has been chosen as the reference sourcefor geological terms, and its spellings take precedence over those of Webster�s in the event of a conflict.

3. The Canadian Style, A Guide to Writing and Editing (Department of the Secretary of State of Canada) This styleguide was chosen because of its compact size and because it attempts to deal objectively with Canadian practices.

4. Metric PracticeGuide for theCanadianMiningandMetallurgical Industries (MiningAssociationofCanada)Thisbooklet was chosen as the primary reference for metric (SI) abbreviations and conversion factors.

5. Gazeteer of Canada�Ontario, Fourth Edition, 1988 (Natural Resources Canada) This is the only official sourcefor the correct spelling of geographical names.

6. The Canadian Mines Handbook (Southam Business Communications Inc.) This publication (released yearly) isused to check the spelling and capitalization of the names of mining and exploration companies.

Publication Services� Editing PhilosophyEvery editor who works in Publication Services learns that the role of the editor is to be a partner to the author and anadvocate for the reader. In practical terms, it �is the author�s scientific responsibility to write a story that readers willunderstand, rather than to make an exercise in creative prose. The editor�s responsibility is to help an author presenthis/her message as clearly and succinctly as possible for the majority of readers� (Sylvester and Costa 1990).

2 OGS Editorial Guide

This role carrieswith it the responsibility for not taking the editorial process too far. Please remember that you are editing,not rewriting. If something is spelled wrong, or the grammar is incorrect, change it. If the phrasing is unclear or the sci-ence seems flawed, query the author. You can provide a suggested improvement, even if it only serves to help the authorcome up with a clearer rewording or to double check their conclusion. But don�t change the text just because it isn�twritten the way you would write it!

SELECTED SPELLINGSIn order to provide consistency in OGS publications, all authors (from the various sections) and editors (in PublicationServices) must use the same reference materials for spelling, hyphenation and grammar. These reference sources arelisted in the �Introduction� section, above.

A short list of words, containing exceptions (mainly where we disagree with the predominantly American spelling ofwords in these reference books), has been compiled by the editorial staff, and appears below. Specific guidelines on hy-phenation of words are found in Table 1 and Table 2, in the section titled �Hyphens�.

The reference sources for spelling should be consulted in this order:1. Selected spellings2. AGI Glossary of Geology3. Webster�s Ninth New Collegiate Dictionary

* Asterisks denote words which are exceptions to the reference sources.

A

abyssalaccretionaryacknowledgmentaerial (from the air), areal (pertaining to area)aerial photographAFM diagramairborne (adj)

* airphoto (not air photograph)alkali feldspar (no hyphen)alkalic (pertaining to rocks)alkaline (pertaining to chemical solutions)alkali feldspar (n), alkali-feldspar crystals (adj)

* alkalis (not alkalies; analogous to alibis)allochthonous

* all-terrain vehicle (ATV, if abbreviation waspreviously defined)

alluvial fan (n), alluvial-fan deposits (adj)alpha particles (not �-particles)anaerobic (not anoxic)analyzeanastomosingand/orapex (s), apexes (pl), analogous to appendixesappendix (s), appendixes (pl) (see The Canadian Style,p.62)

ArcheanArctic, as in the Canadian Arctic, but an arctic envi-ronment

areal (pertaining to area), aerial (from the air)asymmetricalaxial plane (n), axial-plane cleavage (adj)

B

backshore, backslope, backwash, backwaterbankfull dischargebasal tillbase line, base mapbase metal (n), base metal deposit (adj)b axis, (no hyphen)bayheadbay icebaymouth barb direction (no hyphen)bedding-plane faultbed loadbedrockbeta particles (not �-particles)B horizon (no hyphen)biotitization (not biotization)block faultboreholebottomsetboudinage (n, vb and adj)breakup (n), break up (vb)breakwater


C

calc-alkalic (pertaining to rocks)calc-alkaline (pertaining to solutions)calcarenitecap rockcarbonatization (not carbonation)carbonatized (not carbonated)catastrophiccave-incentre, centring (see The Canadian Style, p.54)channelchannel flow

* channelled, chanelling (see The Canadian Style, p.54)channel mouth (n), channel-mouth bar (adj)circum-Pacificclast-supported conglomerate, conglomerate is clastsupported

clay belt, clay boil* clay size (n), clay size particles (adj), specific sedi-

mentological term (seeWentworth Classification(Wentworth 1922))

clay-sized particles, general termcoalfieldscoal measurescoarse-grained rock, rock is coarse grained

* co-authorcoexistcollinear (adj) (see Webster�s Ninth New CollegiateDictionary)

colorimeter (instrument was an American invention,seeWalford 1971)

* colour, colouration (see The Canadian Style, p.54)connate waterconspecific (not cospecific)

* co-operate, co-ordination (see The Canadian Style,p.46)

core holecountry rock

* co-workercrag and tail (n), crag-and-tail features (adj)criteria (pl), criterion (s)crop out or outcrop (vb)cross-bedcrosscutcross fault, cross foldcross-laminatecross sectioncross-stratificationcrystallizecut and fill (n), cut-and-fill mining (adj)cutbankcutoff (n), cut off (vb)

D

dark-coloured rock, rock is dark coloureddata (pl), datum (s)databasedata set

* de-icedelta fan (n), delta-fan deposits (adj)delta front (n), delta-front deposits (adj)dewaterdiamond-drill holediamond drillingdikedip slopediscretedisseminatedowndipdowndropped, downfaulteddown-icedownslope, downstream, downthrowndrag folddrift-covered area, the area is drift covereddrill bit, drill core, drill hole

E

earthflowechogramecho sounderembeddedencrustation (not incrustation)

* en échelon (adj)eolianerrata (pl), erratum (s)et al.extraglacial

F

farther (referring to distance), further (in addition to)fast icefault block (n), fault-block mountain (adj)feldsparfeldspar-phyricfeldspar porphyryfelsenmeerferromagnesianfield workfine-grained rock, rock is fine grainedfjordflatlandflight lineflood plain (n), flood-plain deposits (adj)flow bandingflow slideflowtill


* focus, focussed, focussing (see The Canadian Style,p.63)

follow up (vb), follow-up (adj)footnotefootwallforedeep, foreland, foreslope (see AGI Glossary ofGeology for correct usage)

freeze and thaw (n), freeze-thaw cycle (adj)* freshwaterfrost heave, frost tablefurther (in addition to); farther (referring to distance)

G

gabbronoritegamma raygastropodsgeologic or geological (see AGI Glossary of Geology)glacial lakeglacial Lake Iroquoisglaciofluvial (not fluvioglacial)glacio-isostasyglaciolacustrinegranite gneissgreenstone

* grey (not gray)* greywacke or wacke (specify which classification is

being used)ground ice (n)ground-ice layer (adj)groundmass, groundwater, groundworkgully (s), gullies (pl)

H

half-lifehalfwayhalo (s), halos (pl)hanging wall (n), hanging-wall rock (adj)hardpanhard rock (n), hard-rock geology (adj)headframe, headlandhigh grade (n), high-grade ore (adj)hinge line (n), hinge-line fault (adj)homogeneity, homogeneoushoodoohost rock

I

icebergice capice contact (n), ice-contact features (adj)ice damicefallice field, ice flow, ice front

ice-marginal depositsice sheetsindex (s), indexes (pl)indices (pl, for specialized characteristics, as in Millerindices)

in-houseinfrared (IR if abbreviation has been previouslydefined)

* in situ (adv and adj)interglacialinterrelatedinterruptedinterstice (n), interstitial (adj)intertidalintraclastintraformationintrusionintrusive rocks (preferred to intrusives)iron formationironstone (see AGI Glossary of Geology for differencebetween ironstone and iron formation)

J

joint plane

K

kame and kettle (n), kame-and-kettle topography (adj)kettle holekilometrekomatiite (n), komatiitic (adj)

L

lake basinlakebed, lakefront, lakeshore, lakeside

* lakewaterlandformland icelandlocked, landmark, landmass, landslidelapilli tuff (see AGI Glossary of Geology)left-lateral fault (adj)lens (s), lenses (pl)leucodioriteleuco�quartz diorite (en dash because �leuco� ismodifying �quartz diorite� not just �quartz�)

* levelledlimylineamentline cutter, line cuttingline-kilometres (not line-km because not an SI unit)liquefaction, liquefylithologic (not lithological)lithology (pertaining to the study of rocks; notsynonymous with rock type)

* lithwacke


* lit-par-lit (adj)lodgement tilllongshore

M

mainlandman-mademap area, map sheet, map unitMatachewanmatrix (s), matrices (pl)matrix-supported conglomerate, conglomerate ismatrix supported

medium-bedded sandstone, sandstone is mediumbedded

medium-grained granite, granite is medium grainedmedium- to fine-grained granitemélangemelt out (vb), melt-out till (adj)meltwater

* Mesoarchean* Mesoproterozoicmeta-andesitemeta-arenitemetagabbro (n), metagabbroic rocks (adj)metasedimentary rocksmetasedimentsmetavolcanic rocks (preferred to metavolcanics)meteoric watermeter (instrument)metre (SI unit)microfaunamid-Paleozoicmidpoint

* mineablemineralizationmineralized

* minewater* modelled* mollusc (see Linnaean classification of mollusca,

Latin root)* mouldmud ball, mud boil, mud crack, mud flatmudflow, mudslide, mudstone

* multicoloured (see The Canadian Style, p.46)multielement

N

nearshore* Neoarchean* Neoproterozoicnonglacial, nonmarine, nonsorted

O

occurrenceoffset, offshoreoil sandsongoingonshoreopen waterorebodyoutcrop or crop out (vb)outflow, outwashoverlay (n)overlie (vb)override, overrun, overthrust, overturnoxidation (not oxidization)oxide facies (n), oxide-facies iron formation (adj)oxidized

P

pack icepaleontology

* PaleoarcheanPaleocene

* PaleoproterozoicPaleozoicpara-andesiteparagneissparallel (adj), paralleled (v)pay zonepeatlandpebble conglomerate, quartz-pebble conglomeratepenecontemporaneouspeneplain (n), peneplane (vb)peralkalic (pertaining to rocks)peralkaline (pertaining to solutions)

* per milphenomena (pl), phenomenon (s)-phyric - suffix, i.e. quartz-phyric, quartz-feldspar-phyric

pinch out (vb), pinch-out (n, adj)platinum group element (PGE (s); PGEs (pl); ifabbreviation has been previously defined)

platinum group mineral (PGM (s); PGMs (pl); ifabbreviation has been previously defined)

postglacialpost-PaleozoicposttectonicpotholePrecambrianprecede (not preceed)preglacialpre-Devonianpre-existingprodelta, proglacialprogrampyroclastic rocks (not pyroclastics)


Q

* quartz arenitequartz-carbonate veinquartz diorite

* quartzofeldspathicquartzose arenitequartz-pebble conglomeratequartz porphyryquartz vein (n), quartz-vein-hosted mineralization(adj)

quartz-vein typequartz wacke (see AGI Glossary of Geology)

R

rainwaterrare earth element (REE (s); REEs (pl); if abbreviationhas been previously defined)

rare element (n), rare-element pegmatite (adj)readvancereconnaissancere-cover (a land surface, not recover)recurrencered beds

* re-entrantre-formedre-fused (rocks)relic (n), relict (adj)resistantright-lateral faultripple beddingripple cross-laminationripple marksriverbank, riverbedriver bottomriverheadriver valleyroadbed, roadcut, roadside, roadwayroche moutonnée (s), roches moutonnées (pl)rocksliderock type, rock unit

S

saltwatersandbank, sandbar

* sand size (n), sand size particles (adj), specific sedi-mentological term (seeWentworth Classification(Wentworth 1922))

sand-sized particles, general termsandspitseafloorsea icesea levelseawater

sediment (unconsolidated)sedimentary rock (consolidated)sedimentologicalseismic waveselvagesemiarid, semicircularsensu latosensu strictoshalyshorefaceshore iceshorelineshotholesic (used in brackets [ ])sideroadside-scan sonarsidewall samplingsiliceous (pertains to rock)silicic (chemical term)slip-off slope

* slopewashsoft rock (n), soft-rock geology (adj)soilwaterspectra (pl), spectrum (s)stockworkstony (not stoney)strandlinestrata (pl), stratum (s)stratovolcanostreamflowstria (s), striae (pl), crystallographic andpaleontological terms

striation, stria (s), striations, striae (pl), geologicalterms

subaerial, subbase, subbottom, subcropsub-icesubsurface, subunit

* sulphide* sulphide mineralization, sulphide minerals* sulphides* sulphursupercool, superfamily, supersede, superterranesupracrustal rocks (not supracrustals)symmetrical

T

tablelandterrain (topographic-geographic term)terrane (geological term)test holethick-bedded, specific term (see McKee andWeir (1953))

thickly bedded (general term)thin-bedded, specific term (see McKee andWeir (1953))

thinly bedded (general term)


thin sectiontholeiite (n), tholeiitic (adj)thrust faulttidewatertimberlineTimiskamingtopographic

* totalled, totallingtree linetrimlinetuff breccia (see AGI Glossary of Geology)two-dimensionaltwofold

U

ultrabasic, ultramaficultraviolet (UV if abbreviation has been previouslydefined)

undercut, underlieunparalleledupdip, upglacierup-iceupslope, upstreamusable

V

valley bottomvalley fill (n), valley-fill sequence (adj)

valley floorvalley side (n), valley-side moraine (adj)

* vapour (see The Canadian Style, p.54)versus (not vs.)very fine-grained rock, rock is very fine grainedvolcanic rocks (not volcanics)volcano (s), volcanoes (pl)volcano-sedimentary, volcano-tectonicV-shaped valley, valley is V-shaped

W

wall rockwashoutwatercoursewater levelwaterline, watershedwater tablewaterwaywater wellwell-developed cleavage, cleavage is well developedwell-rounded grains, grains are well roundedwell-sorted sediments, sediments are well sorted

X

X-ray (n)x-ray (vb)

ABBREVIATIONS AND INITIALISMS

The standard practice for using abbreviations in the text is to write out the term in full the first time it is used, with theabbreviation or initialism in parentheses immediately following it. Subsequently, the abbreviation or initialism may beused alone.

In 1994, the Ontario Prospectors Assistance Program (OPAP) funded 35 programs in the Beardmore�Geraldtonarea. This represents an increase in OPAP funds spent in this area compared with 1993.

(In the list at the end of this section, abbreviations marked with an asterisk need not be written out at first mention.)

In technical writing, the practice has been to strip periods from abbreviations and initialisms except where it would causeconfusion or go against accepted practice. Periods and spaces are omitted in the initialisms for countries, governmentagencies, corporations and other organizations.

OGS not O.G.S.USA not U.S.A.

Abbreviations are not italicized, with the exception of taxonomic terms.et al. not et al. but H. arctica

Plural abbreviations or initialisms do not contain apostrophes.REEs and OFRs not REE�s and OFR�s

Do not begin a sentence with an abbreviation or an initialism.Layers of FIM breccia are prominent in the outcrop. not FIM breccia layers are prominent in the outcrop.

Do not hyphenate an abbreviation to make a compound adjective or noun.OGS programs or programs funded by the OGS not OGS-funded programs


When citing a reference in the text to a publication authored by an organization, the abbreviation for the organization�sname is used, but the full name of the organization is written out in the reference list.

In the Schoeffman Lake area, sulphide mineralization, dominated by pyrite, is concentrated in chert-silicificationhorizons (OGS 1989).

The abbreviations formetric (SI) units are to be usedwhere the unit is part of a specific measurement. A table is providedin the Metric Practice Guide for the Canadian Mining and Metallurgical Industries. Imperial measurement units arealways written out in full.

2.6 cm but 265 feet

The first time a taxonomic term (genus and species only) is mentioned, it iswritten out in full and in italics; after that it isreferred to by the abbreviated form (The Canadian Style, Section 1.14).

Hiatella arctica (first mention)H. arctica (second and subsequent mentions)

The following list of abbreviations and initialisms follows the conventions set out in The Canadian Style, A Guide toWriting and Editing. The asterisks (*) denote standard abbreviations or initialisms which do not have to be definedat first use because they are well known, and in many cases occur as dictionary entries.

For further abbreviations specific to geophysics and geochemistry, see Appendix 15 and Appendix 16.

AAS atomic absorption spectroscopy or spectrophotometryACMAPS Automated Claim Map System

* AD anno DominiAEM airborne electromagnetic

* AFM alkalis-iron-magnesium (after Irvine and Baragar (1971))AFMAG audio-frequency magneticAFRI Assessment Files Resource ImagingAM airborne magnetic

* ARIP Aggregate Resources Inventory Paper* ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange* asl above sea levelATV all-terrain vehicle

* BA Bachelor of Arts* BC Before Christ* BP before present* BSc Bachelor of Science* _C degrees Celsius* ca. circa* CAD computer-assisted design/drafting* cf. compareCLAIMS Computerized Mining Lands Information Management SystemConc. Concession (use only in figures or tables)CRM certified reference (rock) material

* C$ Canadian dollars (In OGS publications, dollar values, unless otherwise noted, are in Canadiancurrency. This abbreviation is only to be used where American dollars and Canadian dollars areboth mentioned in a single sentence.)

ddh diamond-drill hole (use only in figures and tables)DSDP deep-sea drilling project

* .dgn design file (Microstation)Dist. Mun. District Municipality

* .dwg drawing file (AutoCAD)* .dxf data export format (AutoCAD, Microstation and others)* e.g. for example (should be followed by a comma)* Eh standard oxidation-reduction potentialEM electromagnetic


ERLIS Earth Resources and Land Information System* et al. and others* eV electron volt* _F degrees Fahrenheit* Fm. Formation (use only in figures, tables and legends)* Ga billion years before presentGDIF Geological Data Inventory FolioGeo. Tp. Geographic Township (use only in figures or tables)

* GIS geographical information system* Gp. Group (use only in figures, tables and legends)* GPS global positioning system* GSC Geological Survey of CanadaGTA Greater Toronto AreaHCS hummocky cross-stratificationHPLC high-performance liquid chromatographyHLEM horizontal loop electromagneticHREE heavy rare earth elements

* I. Island (use only in figures or tables)ICAP inductively coupled argon plasma spectrometryICP-MS inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometryICP-OES inductively coupled plasma optical emission spectroscopy

* i.e. that is (should be followed by a comma)IGLD International Great Lakes datumINAA instrumental neutron activation analysisINFOTER Système d�information géologique et géographique sur le territoire (the French acronym for ERLIS)IP induced polarizationIR infraredIUGS International Union of Geological Sciences

* K Kelvin* kb kilobyte (not kilobar)* lat. latitude (use only in figures or tables, or in mineral deposit descriptions)LOI loss on ignition

* long. longitude (use only in figures or tables, or in mineral deposit descriptions)LREE light rare earth elements

* Ma million years before present* MA Master of Arts* Mb megabyte* Mb. Member (use only in figures, tables and legends)MDI Mineral Deposit InventoryMMIC Mines and Minerals Information Centre

* MNDM Ministry of Northern Development and MinesMORB mid-oceanic-ridge basaltMP Miscellaneous PaperMRD Miscellaneous Release - DataMS mass spectrometry

* MSc Master of ScienceMun. Tp. Municipal Township (use only in figures or tables)

* NB nota bene* No., no. number (only if it appears in the reference list or as part of a formal name, e.g., No. 1 Mine )* NTS National Topographic System* OGS Ontario Geological Survey


OFR Open File Report* p. page(s) (for use in reference list or where citing a page number in a reference citation in the text)PGE platinum group elementPGM platinum group mineral

* pH acidity or alkalinity* PhD Doctor of Philosophy* ppb parts per billion* ppm parts per million* pt. part (for use in reference list only)* QFM quartz-feldspars-mafics (after Streckeisen (1976))* RAM random-access memoryREE rare earth elementReg. Mun. Regional Municipality (use only in figures or tables)

* ROM read-only memoryrsd relative standard deviationsd standard deviationSEM scanning electron microscopeSEM-EDS scanning electron microscope electron dispersive spectrometry

* sg specific gravity* SI Système InternationalSMOW standard mean ocean waterSP self-potentialSTP standard temperature and pressureTDS total dissolved solids

* .tif tagged image formatTIMS thermal ionization mass spectrometry

* Tp. Township (use only in tables or figures)* UK United Kingdom* USA United States of America* USGS United States Geological Survey* US$ American dollars* UTM Universal Transverse MercatorUV ultraviolet

* v. volume (for books; use in reference list only)* vol % volume percent (use in tables only)VLF-EM very low frequency electromagneticVLEM vertical loop electromagnetic

* wt % weight percent (use in tables only)XRD X-ray diffractionXRF X-ray fluorescence

CAPITALIZATIONGeographical TermsThe names of countries, regions, counties, cities, and other official and specific political and administrative areas, andtopographic features are capitalized (The Canadian Style, Section 4.20).

Canada the South Saskatchewan RiverPickle Lake Essex Countythe Maritimes Hartman Township

Generic terms such as �city�, �county�, �township� or �province� begin with a lower case letter when they precede theproper name, or when they stand alone, unless they are used in a corporate sense.


The deposit is located just south of the town of Deep River.These dikes extend eastward into the next township.

butProvince of Ontario bondsThe quarry is owned by the City of Windsor.

Generic terms are not capitalized in the plural (The Canadian Style, Section 4.20).Yarrow and Doon townshipsthe Niagara and St. Clair riversEssex, Kent and Lambton countieslakes Erie and Ontario

Numbered lots and concessions are capitalized unless they are used in the plural. When used in a general sense, they arenot capitalized. Concession numbers are expressed as Roman numerals.

Concession IX, Lot 12concessions I and II, lots 4 and 5

Geographical modifiers (e.g., southeastern) are capitalized when they refer to political or administrative districts, butbegin with a lower case letter when they refer to geographical areas (The Canadian Style, Section 4.20).

Southwestern Resident Geologist�s DistrictEastern European countrieswestern Albertanorthern Ontario

Geological TermsMineral names are not capitalized in rock names or mineral assemblages.

quartz-feldspar porphyryquartz + feldspar + phlogopite � biotite

Geological province and subprovince names are capitalized unless they are used in the plural.Grenville ProvinceWabigoon Subprovince

butSuperior and Southern provincesAbitibi and Quetico subprovinces

Geological Feature NamesWhen reporting the names of lithostratigraphic units (members, formations, groups), lithodemic units (metamorphicrocks, structural complexes, plutonic rocks) and biostratigraphic units (ages, zones, series), theOGS follows the rules setby the North American Commission on Stratigraphic Nomenclature (1983). Capitalization of terms is outlined onpage 850 of the 1983NorthAmericanStratigraphic Code�formallynamedunits are capitalized, informal units arenot. Article 3 of the code outlines the procedures necessary for establishing formal stratigraphic units.

In light of the fact that staff in Publication Services do not have the time or resources to determine if every unitmentionedin a manuscript is indeed formal or informal, the editor will retain the capitalization used by the author. Therefore,authors should take great care in ensuring the use of proper stratigraphic terminology in theirmanuscripts. Editors shouldquery instances where the same term appears capitalized in some places in a manuscript and not capitalized in otherplaces.

Article 4 of the Stratigraphic Code states that open file reports, abstracts, map legends, figure captions andmany types ofguidebooks do not constitute publication within the meaning of the Stratigraphic Code. Thus, when introducing new,formal stratigraphic terminology, staff are encouraged to publish such terminology in external refereed publications.


There are no clear conventions regarding capitalization of terms for structural features (faults, shear zones), greenstonebelts, terranes, tectonic assemblagesor orogenic belts. Preferred usage ofmanywell-known features inOntariowas com-piled as part of Geology of Ontario, and authors and editors are encouraged to use this list as it leads to consistency ofusage and improved communication to our readers. Where no previous usage is available, the term should not becapitalized.

Destor�Porcupine faultFernleigh beltSeparation Lake greenstone beltWawa assemblageMuskrat Dam terraneSioux Lookout domain

Geological Time SubdivisionsNames of eras, eons, periods and epochs are capitalized.

the Phanerozoic Eonthe Silurian Period

When dealing with periods in the Paleozoic and Mesozoic, and epochs in the Cenozoic, the subdivisions to be usedare capitalized: Early, Middle and Late. When dealing with strata in these periods and epochs, the subdivisions arecapitalized: Upper, Middle and Lower.

Early Ordovician PeriodLower Pliocene strataUpper Silurian limestones were deposited in the Late Silurian Period.

Whendealingwith the Precambrian, subdivisions in theArchean andProterozoic are capitalized: Paleoarchean,Mesoar-chean, Neoarchean, Paleoproterozoic, Mesoproterozoic and Neoproterozoic.

Mining TermsThe term �mine� is capitalized when used with its name.

the Lightning Creek Mine

If a modifier is present before the noun, then �mine� begins with a lower-case �m�.the Lightning Creek gold mine

The termsmill, property, prospect, occurrence, showing anddepositalways beginwith a lower-case letter, whether or notthey appear with a name.

the Beartrack Lake showingthe Canagau Mines gold deposit

Paleontological TermsThe scientific name of a phylum, order, class, family or genus is capitalized; the name of a species or subspecies is not(The Canadian Style, Section 4.23).

the phylum Arthropoda the genus Mucrospiriferthe class Echinoidea the species thedfordensis

Miscellaneous Capitalization RulesA proper noun or adjective joined to a prefix retains the initial capital letter.

post-Paleozoicpre-Penokean Orogeny

Be carefulwith the capitalization of hyphenatedwords in titles and inContents tables. If they consist of a prefix and a rootword joined by a hyphen, then just capitalize the first letter of the prefix.

Co-operationPre-existing

If they consist of 2 words joined by a hyphen, then the first letter of each word is capitalized.Clast-SupportedIn-House


The first letter of a list entry in a vertical list is not capitalized unless the entry is a complete sentence.Four lithic clast types are recognized at the Paradis Bay locality; in descending order of abundance they are:

1. pink-weathering granitic clasts2. greenish feldspathic arenite clasts

3. maroon-weathering mudstone clasts4. black-weathering ultramafic volcanic clasts

butAt the second locality, the following observations were made:

D North-northwest-trending fracture planes (330 to 340_) are filled with dark red, flinty mylonite.

D Fracture and fault zones control the intrusion of lamprophyre dikes, whose margins are chilled against thePrecambrian monzonite gneiss.

D Later hematized fracture planes, striking about 250 to 260_, displace the lamprophyre dikes.

ITALICIZATIONThe taxonomic name of a genus and/or a species is italicized (The Canadian Style, Section 6.11).

the genus Mucrospiriferthe species Mucrospirifer thedfordensis

Italics are used for foreign words or phrases (see �Selected Spellings� for examples, The AGI Glossary of Geology andThe Canadian Style, Section 6.03).

en échelonsensu stricto

The italicizedword �see� is used in text to refer to figures, photos and tableswhere they arementioned for the second andsubsequent times (within parentheses), or to direct the reader to another section of the text.

On the northwestern side of the occurrence, a mafic dike intruded rebrecciated, ankeritized granitoid rock (seeFigure 2.1).The schist to the south of the creek is garnetiferous (see �Metamorphic Geology�).

In captions for figures, photos or tables, or in the text, the words �after� and �from� are to be italicized when they cite areference (see �Copyright�). Frommeans that the figure is unchanged from the original, modified from and aftermeanthat the figure has been changed.

Figure 6. Submarine fan association (after Thompson 1987).

The italicized word �in� is used in references to denote an article in a volume.Richardson, S. 1995 Alkalic complexes; in Economic Geology, v.27, no.9, p.1243-1247.

Titles of publications (books, periodicals, pamphlets, studies, etc.) are italicized in the text, but not in the reference list.(The Canadian Style, Section 6.05).

The opening of the mine was reported in The Northern Miner.A study of the Sudbury Igneous Complex (SIC) is included as a chapter in Geology of Ontario.

Abbreviations are not italicized, with the exception of taxonomic names.et al. not et al. but H. artica

In chemical notation, the symbol for a physical quantity is always given in italics.T�temperature

A subscript to a symbol for a physical quantity is given in italics if it refers to another physical quantity.Cp�heat capacity at a constant pressure


GEOGRAPHICAL TERMINOLOGYStructural and Geographical MeasurementsLatitude and longitude measurements are written in this form:

latitude 44_45�30�N, longitude 80_05�15�W

NTS areas are written in this form:40 A52 F/1441 E/3, 4, 5

UTM co-ordinates are written in this form:620475E 4872000N

When reporting strike and dip, the dip direction is always given (not everybody is familiar with the right-hand rule).270/08N 006/88E

When describing the orientation of a geographical or geological feature numerically, the azimuthwith a degree symbol isused.

The dike strikes 020_. not The dike strikes N20_E.

�Azimuth� describes the way a measurement is taken and the format of the written measurement; it is not a unit of mea-surement.

The dike strikes 220_. not The dike strikes at 220_ azimuth.

Describing Geographical Extent or AreaWhen describing a geological feature or rock unit which extends over a large part of themap area, use descriptors such as�the northeast part of the map area� or �the east-central part of the study area�. Avoid subdividing these descriptorsfurther; �the north-northwest half of the map area� is essentially meaningless�a compass quadrant is being applied to anon-circular area.

When describing features of smaller areal extent, use geographical reference points.The unit extends from Papineau Lake to Vanderbeck Lake.

The overriding concern is to make sure that the reader can understand where the feature is located. �The extreme south-west corner of the map area� is easy to understand; �the south-southwestern eighth of the township� is not.

DirectionsCompass directions (north, south, east, west, etc.) are always written out in text, except in latitude and longitudemeasurements, and in tables and figures.

According to Webster�s Ninth New Collegiate Dictionary there is no difference between �north� and �northern�, but,throughusage, the difference between themodifiers is in the degree of precision implied: if a large or imprecisely definedarea is being described, the �ern� ending is used; if a specific place or small area is being referred to, the shorter form isused.

the western half of the townshipthe west end of the driftnorthern Ontariothe north shore of Lake Superior

According toWebster�s Ninth New Collegiate Dictionary, north-trending is no more precise than northerly trending; if afeature is oriented due north then it should be described using an azimuth (e.g., the dike strikes 000_).

A geographical or geological feature should not be described as east-west-trending: such usage is redundant and incor-rect. A feature that trends east must also, by definition, trend west. If it was being described using an azimuthal measure-ment, only one direction would be reported.

east-trending or west-trending not east-west-trending

District NamesDistrict names (evenResidentGeologist�sDistrict names) are not to be used in the titles ofOGS reports andmaps. Confu-sion can arise as to what the boundaries of the district are. For example, does �Sault Ste. Marie District� refer to themunicipal district, administrative district, Mining Recorder�s District, Resident Geologist�s District, tourism district,etc.?


GEOLOGICAL TERMINOLOGYRock NamesWhen two or more constituent minerals are used to modify a rock name, they are hyphenated. The dominant mineral islisted first for igneous rocks, and last for metamorphic rocks.

quartz-feldspar porphyrystaurolite-garnet schist

Only major mineral constituents should be used in rock description names, with the exception of metamorphic faciesindicators.

staurolite schist

Mineral AssemblagesWhen listing mineral assemblages, �+� or �� are used to link the minerals, not hyphens. Spaces are put on either side ofthe symbols.

quartz + feldspar + hornblende � biotite

Hyphens are used for linked entities, and connote �both�.greenschist-amphibolite faciesrhyolite-dacite flow

Anorthite ContentWhen reporting the anorthite content of a plagioclase mineral, the numbers denoting the An content are subscripted.

Thematrix consists almost solely of fine-grained polygonal granoblastic plagioclase (An62) and minor fine-grainedmagnetite.Where primary twinning is preserved, the plagioclase phenocrysts are An0-35 in composition.

Deformation Episodes and Structural Element GenerationsWhen describing different deformation episodes that are identified by number, the number is subscripted.

In this area there are 3 recognized stages of deformation: D1, D2 and D3.

When describing different structural element generations that are identified by number, the number is subscripted.No penetrative axial-planar fabric has been recognized in the closures of F1 folds, except in the rootless, intrafolialF1 folds where these have been tightened and oriented about the S2 overprinting cleavage.

Expressions of Time in Geological WritingThe age of a stratigraphic unit or the time of a geologic event, as commonlydetermined by isotopic datingor by referenceto a calibrated time scale, may be expressed in years before the present. The use of SI multipliers coupled with �a� forannum, Ma or Ga in OGS publications, are the units commonly used. Because measurement of the duration from thepresent to the past is implicit in the designation, qualifiers such as �ago�, or �before the present� are omitted after the agevalue. This follows the convention established in the field of carbon-14 dating.

Keeping in mind that �before present� is implicit in the designations Ga and Ma, these terms cannot be used asadjectives.

In contrast, the duration of a remote interval of geologic time, as a number of years, should not be expressed by the samesymbols. The term million years (my) should be used for intervals.

The boundaries of the Late Cretaceous Epoch currently are calibrated at 63 Ma and 96 Ma, but the interval of timerepresented by this epoch is 33 my.

The skeleton of a 63 million-year-old Tyrannosaurus rex was found at this site.orThe skeleton of a Tyrannosaurus rex (63 Ma) was found at this site.notThe skeleton of a 63 Ma Tyrannosaurus rex was found at this site.


Geological Time SubdivisionsWhen dealing with periods in the Paleozoic and Mesozoic, and epochs in the Cenozoic, the subdivisions to be used are:Early, Middle and Late. When dealing with strata in these periods and epochs, the subdivisions to be used are: Upper,Middle and Lower.

When dealing with the Precambrian, subdivisions in the Archean and Proterozoic are: Paleoarchean (formerly EarlyArchean), Mesoarchean (formerly Middle Archean), Neoarchean (formerly Late Archean), Paleoproterozoic (formerlyEarly Proterozoic), Mesoproterozoic (formerly Middle Proterozoic) and Neoproterozoic (formerly Late Proterozoic).

Phanerozoic Phanerozoic Archean and ProterozoicTime Strata Time and StrataLate Upper Neo-Middle Middle Meso-Early Lower Paleo-

Age DeterminationWhen dealing with chemical (isotopic) dating methods, the oblique (slash) is used to separate the element symbols.

Rb/SrU/Pb238U/204Pb

MINING TERMINOLOGYCompany NamesIf a company name is used extensively in a section of text, a shortenedversion of the companyname canbe used.Howev-er, the full name must be reintroduced at the beginning of a new section or every couple of paragraphs in a long section.

In 1989, Canamax Resources Inc. drilled 6 holes on its Heron Lake property. No significant mineralization zoneswere intersected. Canamax mapped the southeast corner of the map area in 1990.

Company names must be written out in full if confusion can result from use of an abbreviated form.

Noranda Inc.Noranda Exploration Company, LimitedNoranda Minerals Inc.Noranda Forest Inc.

Reporting Ore Grades and Drilling ResultsWhen reporting ore grades, themetric form is �g/t gold� and the imperial form is �ounce per ton gold� or �ounces of goldper ton�.

When reporting drilling results, try to avoid using terms such as �1500 feet were drilled�; holes were drilled, not feet(ouch!). This seems to be unavoidable, however, andwill be acceptedwhen a known total of feet ormetreswere drilled inan unknown number of holes. If the number of holes is known, we suggest:

Six holes, totalling 640 m, were drilled on the property.

If there are more than a few drilling results, they should be tabulated. Thiswill make the text easier to read, and informa-tion on a given property or company will be easier to extract from a table than from text.

PALEONTOLOGICAL TERMINOLOGYThe scientific name of a phylum, order, class, family or genus is capitalized; the name of a species or subspecies is not(The Canadian Style, Section 4.23).

the phylum Arthropodathe class Echinoidea

The scientific name of a genus and/or a species is italicized (The Canadian Style, Section 6.11).the genus Mucrospiriferthe species Mucrospirifer thedfordensis


The first time a Latin term (genus and species) ismentioned, it iswritten out in full and in italics; after that it is referred toby the abbreviated form (The Canadian Style, Section 1.14).

Hiatella arctica (first mention)H. arctica (second and subsequent mentions)

PEOPLE�S NAMESNamesmentioned in a report, including the author�s name on the title page, are written as initial(s) and surname only. Donot write out first names or use honourifics.

S.L. Jackson not Dr. Steve L. JacksonI. Laporte not Irma LaporteK. Coulter not Mr. Kenneth Coulter

The exception to this is in the �Acknowledgments� section of the report, where the author can use full names andhonourifics if he or she wishes.

NUMERICAL EXPRESSIONS IN TEXT

NumbersCardinal Numbers

Numerals are used in the text to represent cardinal numbers (1, 2, 3, etc.) (The Canadian Style, Section 5.01).A series of 6 geophysical surveys was started in 1990.The diameter of the grains ranged from 1 to 5 mm.In the map area, 4 holes were drilled in the northeastern quadrant and 17 holes were drilled in the southeasternquadrant.

However:

Numbers are written out if they are not part of a specific measurement, but are used as a general measurement.The folding is present on a scale of tens to hundreds of metres.Topographical relief in the map area varies from relatively flat plains to hills several hundred metres in height.

Numbers are written out if they are used in a conversational sense and are not part of a specific measurement.Only one feature can be identified as a drumlin within the map area, but other drumlinoid features occur nearListowel.The spacing of the moraine ridges is two to three times that of the Baden Hills, but it does suggest periodic pauses inthe retreat of the ice front.These dikes represent more than one episode of intrusion.

If a sentence begins with a number, it is written out; however, it is recommended that the sentence be rewritten to avoidthis.

Twenty-six samples were collected from the mineralized rocks of the shear zone.or

In total, 26 samples were collected from the mineralized rocks of the shear zone.

Numbers are written out if they appear in an adjectival expression (The Canadian Style, Section 5.05), unless theadjectival expression is a map scale or contains a metric or imperial measurement.

a six-township areaa three-year project

buta 2.5 mm crystala 26 m wide dikea 50-pound sample1:20 000 scale mapping project

Commas are not used between thousands of units; thin spaces are used instead.12 000 000 not 12,000,000

In numbers of 4 digits, the space is omitted.1265


Rounded numbers greater than 1 000 000 are written as a numeral followed by the word �million� or �billion�.about $6.5 million not about $6 500 000

Exceptions to this rule occur where the number is a metric measurement, a map scale, or where an exact number isrequired.

1:250 000 not 1:0.25 millionThe mine produced more than 7 000 000 g of gold in 10 years.

notThe mine produced more than 7 million g of gold in 10 years.

For any number less than 1 000 000, numerals are used.130 000

Ordinal Numbers

Ordinal numbers (first, second, third, etc.) are written out where they appear in the text.The second airborne geophysical survey of the area was flown in 1978.The first deformation event caused extensive folding in the ductile rocks.

The numeral versions of ordinal numbers are used in tables and references.Smith, A.J. 1968. Gold deposits in North America, 2nd ed.; McGraw�Hill, New York, 456p.

Fractions

Fractions mentioned in the text are written out if they are not part of a specific measurement.the western half of the townshipthe southwest quarter of the map area

The exception to this rule is when lots and concessions in surveyed townships are being described.northwest ¼, north ½, Lot 12, Concession IV

Fractions that are part of a measurement are written in decimal form.0.5 cm not ½ cm3.25 km not 3¼ km3.5-inch diskette not 3½-inch diskette

Decimal Places

A zero is written before the decimal point of decimal fractions less than one.0.15 mm not .15 mm

Be careful not to add extra zeros on the end of numbers with decimal places to make the number of decimal places�match�, especially in a table. In geochemical tables, values can have different numbers of decimal places; this indicatesthe accuracy towhich the specific analysiswas carried out.Don�t tamperwith the values that come from the lab, they arescientifically accurate.

Measurements

Metric measurements are always presented as a numeral and the proper abbreviation for the metric unit used.2 m not 2 metres

The exception is where non-specific numerical, or non-numerical, qualifiers are used. In those cases, the metric unit iswritten out in full.

The mineralization is spread over several metres.The epidote occurs in centimetre-thick bands.The folding is present on a scale of tens to hundreds of metres.

Imperial measurements are always presented as a numeral and the unit of measurement written out in full.2 feet not 2 ft.16 kilobars not 16 kbar


Standard metric practice does not allow hyphenation between the numeral and the unit.a 2 m length not a 2-m lengtha 26 m wide dike not a 26-m-wide dike

However, hyphens are used between the numeral and the unit forming a compound adjective in imperial measurements.the 50-foot level not the 50 foot levela 3.5-inch diskette not a 3.5 inch diskette

In order to prevent confusion, when a number immediately precedes a compound modifier containing another number,the first or smaller number is written out (The Canadian Style, Section 5.05). If one number is part of a metric measure-ment, the other number is written out in full.

three 16 m lengths12 one-foot divisions

When areas are being reported, the word �by� is used instead of �x�.2 by 3 m not 2 x 3 m

MATHEMATICAL SYMBOLS

Percent Symbol

The percent symbol (%) is used in the text (The CanadianStyle, Section5.10). There is no space between the numeral andthe percent symbol.

More than 90% of the outcrop is mineralized.

In a range of values, the percent symbol comes after the last value.20 to 26% not 20% to 26%

Phrases in the text incorporating the percent symbol require a space between the word and the symbol.volume % modal %weight % % passing

In tables, abbreviations incorporating the percent symbol require a space between the abbreviation and the percentsymbol.

wt % vol %

Degree Symbol

There is no space between the numeral and the degree symbol (_, WordPerfect character 6,36), or between the degreesymbol and the letter specifying the temperature scale.

186_ not 186 _23_C not 23_ C

In a range of values, the degree symbol comes after the last value.206 to 270_ not 206_ to 260_25 to 31_C not 25_C to 31_C

Greater Than and Less Than Symbols

The terms �greater than� (>), �greater than or equal to� (�, WordPerfect character 6,3), �less than� (<) and �less than orequal to� (�, WordPerfect character 6,2) are written out in the text; the symbols are allowable in equations, tables, and inparentheses in the text.

South of the shear zone, roughly 10% of the outcrops are mineralized.Thin bands of chert (�1.5 cm) are visible in the outcrop.

Minute (Prime) and Second Symbols

When using these for latitude and longitude, or for cross sections, the symbols for minute or prime (�, WordPerfect char-acter 6,45), and second (�, WordPerfect character 6,46) are to be used. Do not use single or double quotation marks.

87_45�30� not 87_45�30�AA� not AA�


CHEMICAL ELEMENTSThe symbols for chemical elements are used in the text when they are used in an analytical context, or as part of a specificanalytical result. Chemical symbols are also used in tables and figures, chemical formulae and equations.

The sample was analyzed for Au, Ag and Cu.The analysis returned values of 16 ppm Zn and 24 ppb Au.The pH of lakewater samples was determined, and the Ca and Mg levels were measured.

However, when reporting ore grades, the name of the element is written out. The metric form is �g/t gold� and theimperial form is �ounce per ton gold� or �ounces of gold per ton�.

Element names are written out when they occur elsewhere in the text.Small amounts of gold were seen in the core.Sulphide minerals containing copper were discovered on the property.the Golden Giant gold minezinc-copper-lead deposit

Chemical symbols are always used for major element oxides and other chemical compounds.KCl not potassium chlorideWhen analyzed, the sample returned values of 0.213 weight % MgO and 1.70 weight % CaO.

Do not begin a sentence with a chemical symbol.The elements Au, Ag and Zn were found at anomalously high levels.Dolomite, rich in MgO, is common.

notAu, Ag and Zn were found at anomalously high levels.MgO-rich dolomite is common.

Never hyphenate a chemical symbol; write out the element name.iron-rich not Fe-richpotassium feldspar not K-feldspar or K-sparcalcium-bearing not Ca-bearinghigh-sodium lamprophyre not high-Na lamprophyre

When element ratios are expressed in the text, chemical symbols are to be used.238U/204PbCu/Fe ratios

When major oxide ratios are expressed, ensure that the whole oxide is written out.MgO/CaO not Mg/Ca

QUOTATIONS IN THE TEXTAccuracy in QuotationsIt is important to remember that quoted material must be faithfully reproduced in every detail; the spelling, punctuationand other characteristics of the original are not to be changed. Omissions are allowed, but must be indicated with ellipsispoints.

Even though every quotation must be an exact reproduction of the original, the author might wish to provide the readerwith information to clarify items in the quotation. The information appears in brackets (The Canadian Style, Section8.10).

Perry (1988) stated: �The presence of numerous aplite dikes in the southern half of the [Loon Lake] area indicates asecond phase of felsic magmatism.�

If the author needs to indicate amistake in the original quotation, such as amisspelling, out-of-use spelling or grammati-cal mistake, the Latinword �sic� (meaning �thus�, �so�), italicized and enclosed in brackets, is placed immediately afterthe word concerned.

Miller andKnight (1914)wrote: �Fine-grained, white quartzite occurs in short bands, frequently up to 100 feetwide,with the greywacké [sic] and limestone.�


Run-In QuotationsIf the material being quoted is less than 50 words or 5 lines in length, it is run into the text, i.e., the quotation remainswithin the body of the paragraph (The Canadian Style, Section 8.02), and is set apart by quotation marks.

Irwin (1977), in discussing structural complications in the Charlton Lake area, stated: �Possible horst- and graben-type faults in the original horizontally layered volcanic pile are evident in some vertically exposed outcrops.� Theseexposures are common on the north shore of Beartrack Lake.

Block QuotationsQuotationswhich are longer than 50words or 5 lines are set apart from the text in block format. The quotation is set apartby smaller type, and larger left and right margins. No quotation marks are needed. The line following the quotationshould be flush left.

In northern Edith Township, the volcanic succession has been described by Beith (1965):The sequence consists of pillowed to massive mafic flows of theCopper Lake complex overlain by felsic pyroclastic rocks (tuffs,lapilli tuffs, lapillistone) and minor intermediate to felsic flows which correspond to the Scott Lake formation. To the north ofCopper Lake, the mafic volcanic rocks are cut by olivine diabase dikes of the Sudbury Swarm.

The volcanic sequence in the map area is more than 1.5 km thick.

Omitted TextMaterial omitted from a quotationmust be indicated by 3 ellipsis points (. . .) separated fromeach other and the surround-ing text by a space.

original: �In the field, the StaffGeologist conducted traverses alongpassable andovergrown logging roads, a powerline and lakeshore to collect representative rock samples between Bluett Lake and Vermilion Lake.�quotedwith omission: �In the field, the Staff Geologist conducted traverses . . . to collect representative rock sam-ples between Bluett Lake and Vermilion Lake.�

Do not use ellipsis points before or after an obviously incomplete sentence.One of the stated purposes is to provide �fair and equitable access to intellectual property� createdwith public funds.

notOne of the stated purposes is to provide �. . . fair and equitable access to intellectual property . . .� createdwith publicfunds.

Do not use ellipsis points before or after a run-in quotation of a complete sentence.McDonald (1988) reported: �Gold mineralization in the Seagram Lake area appears to be spatially associated withdeformation zones and related shear systems.�

notMcDonald (1988) reported: �. . . Gold mineralization in the Seagram Lake area appears to be spatially associatedwith deformation zones and related shear systems.�

Do not use ellipsis points before a block quotation beginning with a complete sentence or an incomplete sentence thatcompletes a sentence in the text.

The underground workings were not visited by the field party. An account of the underground geology of the minehas been excerpted from Phelan (1960) as follows:

The undergroundworkings are almost entirelywithin quartz diorite, as were all gold-bearing veins seen. These veins consisted ofirregular quartz veins and masses emplaced in shears and fractures and varying from a few inches up to 25 feet (7.6 m) in width.Gold is mainly native and free. Some gold, silver and bismuth tellurides are present, and in places pyrite and pyrrhotite are abun-dant, with lesser chalcopyrite and scattered tourmaline.

notThe underground workings were not visited by the field party. An account of the underground geology of the minehas been excerpted from Phelan (1960) as follows:

. . . The undergroundworkings are almost entirelywithin quartz diorite, as were all gold-bearing veins seen.These veins consistedof irregular quartz veins andmasses emplaced in shears and fractures and varying from a few inches up to 25 feet (7.6m) inwidth.Gold is mainly native and free. Some gold, silver and bismuth tellurides are present, and in places pyrite and pyrrhotite are abun-dant, with lesser chalcopyrite and scattered tourmaline.


The Croll Lake stock (Kresz 1993) is described asa multiphase intrusion that consists largely of monzodiorite, monzonite, quartz monzodiorite and quartz monzonite. The rocks inthe western part of the intrusion are predominantly quartz monzodiorites that host irregular inclusions of moremafic material. Tothe east, the rocks are essentially monzonites and quartz monzonites containing few, if any, mafic inclusions.

notThe Croll Lake stock (Kresz 1993) is described as

. . . amultiphase intrusion that consists largely ofmonzodiorite, monzonite, quartz monzodiorite and quartzmonzonite. The rocksin the western part of the intrusion are predominantly quartz monzodiorites that host irregular inclusions of more mafic material.To the east, the rocks are essentially monzonites and quartz monzonites containing few, if any, mafic inclusions.

Do not use ellipsis points after a block quotation ending with a complete sentence.Williams (1988) provided the following description of the Whitescar property:

Two gold showingswere located on this property in the course of fieldmapping.One showing is located 3km southwestof theNo.3 shaft of the Theresa Mine. A second showing is located 4 km south of the No. 3 shaft of the Theresa Mine. An old exploratoryshaft, at least 5 m deep, and some trenches were found.

notWilliams (1988) provided the following description of the Whitescar property:

Two gold showingswere located on this property in the course of fieldmapping.One showing is located 3km southwestof theNo.3 shaft of the Theresa Mine. A second showing is located 4 km south of the No. 3 shaft of the Theresa Mine. An old exploratoryshaft, at least 5 m deep, and some trenches were found . . .

Punctuating QuotationsPublication Services uses the British form of punctuating quotations: where the end of the quotation coincides with theend of the sentence, the punctuation is placed outside the quotation marks unless the quotation marks enclose a completesentence or sentences�in that case, the punctuation is placed inside the quotation marks.

Whileworking in the SiouxLookout area,Wighton (1982) noted that themineralizationwas confined to �the syenitestock, and highly altered volcanic and sedimentary rock at the western contact of the syenite�.McDonald (1988) reported: �Gold mineralization in the Seagram Lake area appears to be spatially associated withdeformation zones and related shear systems.�

If the quotation ends in midsentence, a period is not used at the end of the quotation, even if the quotation is a completesentence.

Silver exploration in Cobalt continued in 1904: �The spring of 1904 did not witness much animation in the Cobaltfield. By articles in the newspapers andmining journals and by exhibiting in public places the remarkable collectionof specimensMiller had brought backwith him, an endeavourwasmade to stir up public interest in this new field, sorich and promising� (Gibson 1937).

COPYRIGHTCrown CopyrightThe following excerpts from The Copyright Act and Regulations (Department of Justice 1989), reprinted with permis-sion, apply to OGS publications:

Where the author of aworkwas in theemployment of some otherperson undera contractof serviceor apprenticeship and theworkwas made in the course of his employment by that person, the person by whom the author was employed [in our case, theCrown]shall, in the absence of any agreement to the contrary, be the first owner of the copyright. [Section 13]

Where any work is, or has been, prepared or published by or under the direction or control of Her Majesty or any governmentdepartment, the copyright of the work shall, subject to any agreement with the author, belong toHerMajesty and in that case shallcontinue for a period of fifty years from the date of the first publication of the work. [Section 12]

In short, the copyright for any publication prepared by anOGS staffmember in the normal course of their work automati-cally belongs to the Queen�s Printer for Ontario. If a staff member intends to prepare a geological manuscript, in theirspare time andwith their own resources, for eventual publication and feels that they should be able to hold copyright, theyshould obtain a conflict of interest ruling from the Deputy Minister before starting the work.

External PublicationsThe OGS encourages staff to publish the results of their work in scholarly journals by granting authorization to pub-lish. For this reason, the Ministry will always grant a non-exclusive licence for a paper to be published in any externalpublication.

An increasing number of journals are asking that authorswhose papers are accepted for publication sign exclusive copy-right licences. The journals are adopting this procedure to protect themselves from the unethical practice whereby somescientists submit the same paper to two or more journals in an effort to get it published faster.


However, Publications Ontario, the group responsible for Ontario Government copyright, has ruled that granting of ex-clusive copyright contravenes the �Managing Intellectual PropertyDirective�, approvedbyManagementBoard ofCabi-net on February 6, 1995. Because one of the stated purposes of the directive is to provide �fair and equitable access tointellectual property� created with public funds, the government�s position is that non-exclusive arrangements will beappropriate in most cases.

This position does not jeopardize an author�s chances of having a paper accepted for publication by a journal. Journalpublishers are aware thatmost government agencies cannot transfer copyright or sign an exclusive copyright licence, andtherefore merely require a letter giving permission to publish and indicating that we hold copyright. Authors have beenrequested to forward all such requests to Publication Services, and we will deal with the publisher.

Reproduction of Previously Published Material

The followingguidelines, reprintedwith permission, are taken fromEditingCanadian English (FEAC1987, p.147-148):In Canada, copying a part or all of aworkwithout thewritten consent of the copyright owner is illegal. The doctrine of fair dealingallows exceptions for purposes of criticism and review, private study, research, or newspaper summary,where parts of an originalwork may be quoted without permission.

There is a popular belief in Canada that quotes consisting of fewer than 50 wordsmay be reproduced without permission from thecopyright owner. This belief is not supported by law.The crucial factor isnot thenumber ofwords but the significanceof thewordsor the proportion of thework the quotation represents. If a quote of 20words, for example, represents an entire poemor the core ofa PhD thesis, reproducing it may be regarded as a copyright violation; see the Copyright Act, section 17, sub (2)(A).

Information itself is not subject to copyright; the words in which it is expressed are. By using different words, the author or editorcan express the same ideas. A substantially different expression of the same information does not require permission (althoughacknowledgment of the source is expected on ethical grounds).

Readers of OGS reports are asked towrite for permission to reproduce any of the text, tables or illustrations (see page ii ofany report).We receivemany such requests each year and approve them all. Other scientific publishers generally followthe same practice, so it is only fair that we extend them the same courtesy by requesting permission.

Authority on copyright issues restswith the Queen�s Printer for Ontario. Authority onmatterswheremonetary gain is notinvolvedhasbeendelegated to theDeputyMinister or, for OGS technical publications, to theDirector of the OGS.There-fore, permission to reproduce parts of OGS technical publications can only be granted by the Director. If an author hap-pens to receive such a request pertaining to an OGS publication which they have authored, it should be referred to Publi-cation Services. We will prepare the permission letter for the Director�s signature or, if monetary gain is involved, referthe request to the Queen�s Printer.

Since each case turns on its own facts, it is difficult to place objective limits on fair dealing. Publication Services stronglyrecommends that authors err on the side of caution to protect the Ministry from possible litigation. This would meanobtaining copyright permission for 1) exact reproductions of text figures, 2) lengthy quotations, and 3) short excerptswhich capture the essence of the work. It is sometimes not necessary to obtain permission if the holder of copyright hasalready granted blanket permission (generally on the copyright page) to reproduce material if proper credit is given.

It is the responsibility of the author to obtain copyright permission because the author knows long before the manu-script arrives in Publication Services that he or she intends to use something for which copyright permission is required.In order to expedite the publication process, the permission request should be sent off as soon as the decision is made toinclude the quotation or text figure. To assist authors in this process, Publication Serviceshas created a copyright permis-sion request form and covering letter to be completed and sent to the holder of copyright. They appear asAppendix 19 inthis volume. It is important that both halves of the form are filled out.

When amanuscript is submitted for publication, itmust be accompanied by copies of the permission letters, or at least thecompleted Copyright Permission Request forms, as proof that copyright permission has been received, or at least re-quested, for all material �borrowed� from other sources.

PUNCTUATION

Commas

Commas are used to separate the elements in a simple series. In keepingwith the general trend towards less punctuation,the final comma before �and� or �or� is omittedwhere clarity permits unless there is a need to emphasize the last elementin the series.

The talcose zones are 15 to 40% talc, with the remainder being composed of varying proportions of anthophyllite,chlorite, serpentinite and magnetite.Spherulitic zones are found to the north of Cranberry Lake, on the western shore of Charlton Lake, and betweenCharlton Lake and Frood Lake.


Commas are used to set an introductory word or phrase apart from the rest of the sentence.In general, the assemblages in this area dip steeply.Consequently, a slightly older arc assemblage cannot be ruled out.Throughout the study area, the Stooping River Formation consists mainly of yellowish tan to tan-grey, fine- tomedium-grained, thin- to medium-bedded, chert-bearing limestones.At theWinston LakeMine, the schistose contact between the hanging-wall gabbro and the altered footwall volcanicrocks was examined.

The placement of commas in a sentence can change the meaning of the sentence, or affect its clarity.The pyroclastic rocks are interlayered with sedimentary rocks, including iron formation, and tholeiitic basalt flows.

If the commas are removed from the above sentence, it implies that tholeiitic basalts are sedimentary rocks:The pyroclastic rocks are interlayered with sedimentary rocks including iron formation and tholeiitic basalt flows.

Commas are used to set off a non-restrictive clause (i.e., a clause that provides incidental or supplementary informationwhich does not affect the essential meaning).

The Pelham prospect, located south of Washeibemaga Lake, was staked in 1937.A north-striking diabase dike, several metres in width, outcrops to the east of Hornby Lake.The quartzite clasts, cemented with fine-grained chlorite and carbonate, are similar to those in the overlying bed.

Commas are not used to set off a restrictive clause (i.e., a clause that adds, to the words it modifies, a �restrictive� ordefining element which is essential to the meaning of the whole).

The detailed geometry on the surface of the protomylonite shows a progressive clockwise rotation of the schistosityplane (S) towards the shear plane (C).

notThe detailed geometry, on the surface of the protomylonite, showsa progressive clockwise rotation of the schistosityplane (S) towards the shear plane (C).Shear zones corresponding tomajor tectonic boundaries between subprovinces are probably themost important typeof shear from both an evolutionary and metallogenic standpoint.

notShear zones, corresponding to major tectonic boundaries between subprovinces, are probably the most importanttype of shear from both an evolutionary and metallogenic standpoint.

Commas are used to avoid confusion and improve clarity, particularly in a list of 3 or more adjectives or where one ormore of the adjectives is compound (The Canadian Style, Section 7), for example:

medium- to coarse-grained intermediate and felsic rocks

Are the intermediate rocks medium to coarse grained? Are both the intermediate and felsic rocks medium to coarsegrained? It all depends on the placement of the commas. The meanings of the following phrases are different:

medium- to coarse-grained, intermediate and felsic rocksmedium- to coarse-grained intermediate, and felsic rocks

Two or more adjectives are separated by commas if each modifies the noun alone (The Canadian Style, Section 7.16).The order of the modifiers in the following examples does not affect the meaning.

a fine-grained, black, sandy matrixa black, sandy, fine-grained matrix

If the first adjective modifies the idea expressed by the combination of the second adjective and the noun, no comma isused.

a massive iron formationa discontinuous end moraine

Commas are used after the abbreviations �i.e.� and �e.g.�Metamorphic indicator minerals, e.g., staurolite, are present in the outcrop.

Colons

A colon is often used to introduce a list or series. Only one space follows a colon. The word following the colon is notcapitalized unless it is a proper noun, or the first word in a quoted sentence.

The metamorphic rocks in the map area contain 4 types of garnet: almandine, pyrope, spessartine and uvarovite.Smith�s study included the 3 most critical areas: Kenora, Sioux Lookout and Rainy River.


Not all lists need to be introduced by a colon. The rules appear below.

Do not place a colon between a preposition and its object.Conflicting textural relationships between metamorphic minerals and fabrics obscure the timing of metamorphicevents with respect to 1) regional metamorphism; 2) a localized, but nevertheless large, hydrothermal alterationzone; and 3) several strain events.

notConflicting textural relationships between metamorphic minerals and fabrics obscure the timing of metamorphicevents with respect to: 1) regional metamorphism; 2) a localized, but nevertheless large, hydrothermal alterationzone; and 3) several strain events.

Do not place a colon between a verb and its object or object complement.Some examples of this include

1. an increase in D2 strain features and additional overprinting cleavage development in high-strain areas2. crenulation cleavage (S3) locally superposed on sheared phyllonites3. variations in the orientation of L2 and L3 structural elements

notSome examples of this include:

1. an increase in D2 strain features and additional overprinting cleavage development in high-strain areas2. crenulation cleavage (S3) locally superposed on sheared phyllonites3. variations in the orientation of L2 and L3 structural elements

A colon is used where the introductory clause is an independent clause.Three of the groups display the following features: a lower unit of diamictite; a middle, fine-grained unit; and anupper, cross-bedded, coarse-grained sandstone unit.

notThree of the groups display: a lower unit of diamictite; a middle, fine-grained unit; and an upper, cross-bedded,coarse-grained sandstone unit.

(The example above is incorrect because the colon was placed between a verb and its objects.)

The spodumene pegmatite, shown in Figure 2, consists of 3 zones:

1. a muscovite-spodumene-quartz core zone2. a blocky quartz-spodumene intermediate zone3. a spodumene-muscovite-quartz-cleavelandite border zone

not

The spodumene pegmatite, shown in Figure 2, consists of:

1. a muscovite-spodumene-quartz core zone2. a blocky quartz-spodumene intermediate zone3. a spodumene-muscovite-quartz-cleavelandite border zone

(The example above is incorrect because the colon was placed between a preposition and its objects.)

If the list or series is introduced by such expressions as �namely�, �for instance�, �for example� or �that is�, a colon is notused unless the series consists of one or more grammatically complete clauses.

Smith�s study included the 3 most critical areas, namely, Kenora, Sioux Lookout and Rainy River.For instance: Mark can set up camp, Sandra can organize the office equipment, and Anna can start traversing.

The terms �as follows� or �the following� require a colon if followed directly by the illustrated or enumerated items, or ifthe introducing clause is incomplete without such items.

The townships surveyed are as follows: Laval, Hartman, Avery and Melgund.

If the introducing statement is complete, and is followed by other complete sentences before the start of the list, a periodis used.

An outline of the procedure follows. Note that care was taken to eliminate the effect of temperature variation.

1. The apparatus was assembled.2. The materials were weighed.


SemicolonsSemicolons are used to separate elements in a series if the elements are long or internally punctuated.

The zinc ores include sphalerite, ZnS; smithsonite, ZnCO3; willemite, Zn2SiO4; and zincite, ZnO.Sedimentary structures present in the Chelmsford Formation include carbonate concretions; rip-up clasts and otherclasts; channel fillings; current marks; ripples, climbing ripples and cross-bedding; convolute laminations; and loadstructures.The rock types composing the turbidites consist of the following: dark grey, poorly sorted, commonly gradedwacke;fine-grained sandstone, siltstone and claystone; and red fine- to medium-grained sandstone.

Semicolons are used before conjunctive adverbs (however, therefore, moreover, consequently, furthermore, indeed andin fact) when they connect independent clauses.

No sulphide mineralization was observed in the gabbroic rocks adjacent to the ultramafic pods; however, chalcopy-rite and pyrrhotite were observed in gabbroic rocks at the Gordon Lake Mine dump.The diabase dikes in the area are very small; in fact, only a small number are of mappable size.Conclusive data are lacking for tholeiitic rocks of the western Abitibi Subprovince at an assemblage scale; conse-quently, tectonic settings can be suggested for only a limited number of assemblages.

Semicolons are not used before conjunctive adverbs used in a transitional sense, i.e., if they are not joining independentclauses.

There is, however, much controversy surrounding the tectonic significance of the shear zones.The rocks are foliated, and can therefore be considered metamorphic.

Semicolons are used to separate 2 reference citations in parentheses and between a reference to a figure, photo or tableand a reference citation.

(Berger 1990; Stott 1991)(Table 2; see also Easton 1987)

HyphensCompound Adjectives

The hyphen is used to create compound adjectives (The Canadian Style, Section 2.3). A compound adjective consists ofmore than one modifier preceding a noun, where the combination of the modifiers (not each modifier individually) de-scribes the noun. Detailed guidelines for hyphenating compound adjectives (with examples) are found in Table 1(Hyphenation guide for compound nouns and adjectives).

Here is an example:the fine grained sandstone

Does this mean �a nice example of grained sandstone� or does it mean �the sandstone is fine grained�?

Hyphenating the compound adjective makes the meaning clear.the fine-grained sandstone

If the compound adjective occurs after the noun, the meaning is usually perfectly clear, and no hyphen is needed.the sandstone was fine grained

Suspended compounds are formed when a word common to successive compound adjectives is omitted (The CanadianStyle, Section 2.12).

medium- to coarse-grained rocksthin- to medium-bedded sandstonesmatrix- to clast-supported conglomerates

If another modifier is used to describe a compound adjective, the hyphen remains in the compound adjective.very fine-grained rock

Use enough hyphens so that your meaning is clear.green mica bearing rock: ?green-mica-bearing rock: a rock containing green micagreen mica-bearing rock: a green rock containing micarare earth element-enriched rocks: the meaning is not easily confused so only one hyphen is needed

Editors can always attempt to recast a sentence to avoid ugly modifiers.


Two hyphenated modifiers used as a compound adjective should be joined by an en dash (�).submarine-fan complexend-moraine complexsubmarine-fan�end-moraine complex

Compound adjectives containing metric measurements or map scales are not hyphenated.26 m wide dike1:20 000 scale mapping project

Never use a hyphen to join a word to an adverb ending in �ly� (The Canadian Style, Section 2.3).poorly sorted sediments not poorly-sorted sediments

Never use a hyphen to join a word to an abbreviation or a chemical symbol.iron-rich flows not Fe-rich flowspotassium feldspar not K-feldsparmagnesium-bearing rocks not Mg-bearing rocksdeposits rich in rare earth elements or rare earth element-rich deposits not REE-rich depositsOGS programs or programs funded by the OGS not OGS-funded programs

Do not use a hyphen to join a word to a numeral, unless it is an imperial measurement used as a compound adjective.a three-month project not a 3-month projecta 6 cm crystal not a 6-cm crystal

but500-foot level of the mine10-pound bulk sample

Do not create compound adjectives with degree measurements.rocks striking 70 to 110_ not 70- to 110_-striking rocks

Hyphenating PrefixesHyphens are used in some cases for joining prefixes to words. A detailed guide to hyphenating prefixes is found inTable 2 (Hyphenation guide for prefixes and suffixes).

Prefixes are joined to words, not to phrases.This activity may have occurred before or after the later stages of D3.

notThis activity may have been pre- or post- the later stages of D3.

Goad (1987) considered mineralization to have postdated large-scale folding.

notGoad (1987) considered mineralization to be post-large-scale folding.

Do not leave prefixes hanging in space, they must be attached to a word. The rule for suspended compounds does notcover prefixes.

syntectonic to posttectonic not syn- to posttectonicprevolcanic to synvolcanic not pre- to synvolcanic

En dashes will no longer be used to join prefixes to proper nouns, hyphens will be used instead.pre-Devonian not pre�Devonian

Hyphens in References

Hyphens are used instead of en dashes to join a range of page numbers in a reference.Osborne, A. 1987. Ontario�s gold deposits; in Geology, v.67, no.7, p.23-31.

En DashesThe en dash (�,WordPerfect character 4,33) is longer than a hyphen (-) and shorter than an em dash (�), and is usedwithno space before or after (The Canadian Style, Section 7.52).


An en dash is used to join the names of two or more places (The Canadian Style, Section 7.54).the Birch�Uchi greenstone beltthe Kenora�Rainy River�Fort Frances areathe Destor�Porcupine fault

An en dash is used to join two proper names.Kidd�Munro MineNorthgate�Marshall Resources Inc.OGS�GSC joint publication

An en dash is used between inclusive dates.1896�19601988�89

An en dash is used to join a prefix to a nonhyphenated compound noun, where the prefix modifies both parts of the com-pound noun.

leuco�quartz dioritemeta�quartz arenite

An en dash is used to join two hyphenated entities in a compound adjective.submarine-fan�end-moraine complex

An en dash is used to join a one-word noun to a two-word, unhyphenated noun in a compound adjective.granodiorite�quartz monzonite phase

An en dash is not to be used in text to join inclusive numbers, the words �to� or �and� are used instead.21 to 26 cm not 21�26 cmbetween 270 and 290_ not 270�290_

En dashes will no longer be used to join prefixes to proper nouns, hyphens will be used instead.pre-Devonian not pre�Devonian

An en dash is not to be used to join a range of page numbers in a reference, a hyphen will be used instead.Osborne, A. 1987. Ontario�s gold deposits; in Geology, v.67, no.7, p.23-31.

Em DashesThe em dash (�,WordPerfect character 4,34) is longer than the endash (�), and is usedwith no space before or after it. Inmost of its uses, the em dash is simply a substitute for a colon, semicolon or comma, but it indicates a more emphatic orabrupt break in the sentence, or a less formal style (The Canadian Style, Section 7.44).

Arndt (1975) has observed that syngenetic nickel mineralization�restricted to the magnesium-rich part of thecycle�exsolved immiscibly out of komatiitic liquids.

An em dash can be used to separate the heading of a chapter or the like from the description of its contents, or to separatesubheadings within a chapter or section, as in a catalogue (Section 7.49).

Gold Occurrences�Mishibishu Lake Area

Three-Em DashesThe three-em dash ( ) is longer than an em dash (�) and is used in reference lists. Where the authorship of one ormore publications in the reference list is identical, the second and subsequent entries are introduced by a three-em dashreplacing the author�s name or all the authors� names. Do not mix three-em dashes and authors� names in a referenceentry; if the authors in the group are different in successive entries, or in a different order, they are written out in full.

Jaworski, D.F. 1986. Geology of the Long Lake area, District of Algoma; Ontario Geological Survey, Report 222, 78p.1987. Gold mineralization in the Long Lake area, District of Algoma; Canadian Mineralogist, v.2, no.6, p.678-689.

Jaworski, D.F. and Singh, B. 1987. Gold mineralization and shear zones in the Long Lake area, District of Algoma; Journal of Geology, v.14, p.56-67.1989. Precambrian geology of the Blanket Lake area; Ontario Geological Survey, Preliminary Map 2987, scale 1:15 840.

Note: in the last reference, the three-em dash replaces both �Jaworski, D.F.� and �Singh, B.�.


Obliques (Slashes)The oblique is used in OGS publications only in the following instances.

The oblique is used in the term �and/or�.The tonalite is distinguished by mafic inclusions high in biotite and/or hornblende.

The oblique is used to represent �per� only when the abbreviated forms of units ofmeasurement are used (The CanadianStyle, Section 7.56).

m/s not m per smetres per second not metres/second

The oblique is used to separate the element symbols when describing chemical (isotopic) age determination methods orelement ratios

Rb/SrU/Pb238U/204Pb

An oblique is used in NTS area designations and when reporting strike and dip.42 E/6265/45N

Using an oblique to join twowords can be confusing to the reader, and for this reason, they are not used in thisway inOGSpublications. When this appears in a manuscript, the author should be asked exactly what is meant:

mudstone/sandstone unit

Does this mean:mudstone and sandstone unit: implies both rock types in unitmudstone to sandstone unit: implies grading from one rock type to the other in unitmudstone and/or sandstone unit: implies either or both rock types in unit

Query the author to find out.


Table 1. Hypenation guide for compound nouns and adjectives.

Example of CompoundType

Similar Compounds Type of Compound (Rules) Example of Compound UsedCorrectly

Noun Forms

diamond drilling strip mining, boreholedrilling,isostatic rebounding

object + gerund (noun formed by verbending in �ing�)S always openS be careful not to confuse withadjective form (see AdjectiveForms below)

Diamond drilling was carried out onthe property.

The presence of beach terraces wasinterpreted as evidence of isostaticrebounding.

lapilli tuff tuff breccia,ice margin,peat bog,fault block

noun + nounS always open

The lapilli tuff in this area has amaximum fragment size of 2.6 cm.

cross section alluvial fan,cross fault,base metal,hard rock, hot springbut cross-bedcross-lamination, half-life,cross-stratification

adjective + nounS usually open, but can varyS check �Selected Spellings� and theAGI Glossary, especially where theadjective is �cross�

These deposits are indicative of analluvial fan.

Cross-stratification is a commonfeature in these beds.

parent company parent organization,fellow employee

word of relationship + nounS always open

The claims were staked by the parentcompany.

one half two thirds,one quarter

spelled-out fraction used as a nounS always open

The volume of gold produced by themine has dropped by one half.

Adjective Forms

highly developed folds strongly deformed, weaklyfoliated, abruptly truncated,highly complex,cataclastically deformed

adverb ending in �ly� + adjective orpast participle (past tense of verb)S always open

Highly developed folding is commonin the area.

The rocks are weakly foliated.

well-sorted clasts well-graded deposits,well-rounded pebbles,far-reaching events,northward-younging unit,east-striking fault

adverb + past or present participle(present tense of verb - �ing� ending)S hyphenate before the noun beingmodified but leave open after thenoun

The northward-younging pillowedbasalt is cut by diabase dikes.

Clastic metasediments in the area arewell sorted.

phenocryst-bearing rock diamond-drilling program,electron-capturing reactionhanging-wall rock

noun + present participle (or gerund )S hyphenate before the noun beingmodified but leave open after thenoun

The diamond-drilling program wasstarted in 1980.

Rocks in the area are rarely phenocrystbearing.

matrix-supportedconglomerate

sulphide-mineralizedhorizon,gravel-filled channels,bedrock-dominated terrain,mantle-derived rocks

noun + past participleS hyphenate before the noun beingmodified but leave open after thenoun

Epidote-filled fractures are widespreadnear the shear zone.

The conglomerate south of the mainoutcrop is clast supported.

rare-element pegmatites regional-scale folding,iron-rich sediments,low-angle cross-lamination,high-energy zone,two-mica granite,ice-marginal depositbutbase metal deposit,rare earth element

adjective + nounS hyphenate before the noun beingmodified but leave open after thenoun

S see exceptions in the box to the left

The gravel-rich alluvium of the fandeposit contains traces of gold.

Folding in the area is regional scale.


Table 1. Continued

Example of CompoundType

Similar Compounds Type of Compound (Rules) Example of Compound UsedCorrectly

spinel-groupminerals trace-element data,greenschist-faciesmetamorphism,diamond-drill hole,Timiskaming-typeassemblage,iron-titanium oxides butplatinum group element,platinum group mineral

noun + nounS hyphenate before the noun beingmodified but leave open after thenoun

S see exceptions in the box to the left

Trace-element data include anomalousvalues for Be, Rb and Sr.

Metamorphism in the area isamphibolite facies.

coarse-grained sandstone spinifex-textured flows,lapilli-sized fragments,dark-coloured clasts,vertical-sided canyon

adjective (or noun) + noun to whichthe suffix �ed� has been addedS hyphenate before the noun beingmodified but leave open after thenoun

This unit occurs as a thin flow ofspinifex-textured komatiite.

The calcarenite is fine grained andlacks obvious stratification.

cross-stratified sandstone flat-lying terrain,white-weathering rocks,steep-dipping strata,medium-bedded wacke

adjective + past or present participleS hyphenate before the noun beingmodified but leave open after thenoun

A few beds of cross-stratifiedsandstone can be seen in the outcrop.

Foliations near the pluton are steepdipping.

branch-like veins ripple-like forms,till-like depositsbutbusinesslikechildlike

noun + adjective �like�S hyphenate before and after nounbeing modified when it is atemporary compound

S permanent compounds are one word

Ripple-like forms are common in thisunit.

The deposit is till-like and contains alarge percentage of gravel.

green-grey mudstone blue-green algae, red-greencolour blindness

colour term in which 2 colours(adjectives) have equal importanceS hyphenate before and after nounbeing modified

The characteristic green-greymudstone is present here.

The sandstone is pink-brown on freshsurfaces.

pale pink granite greenish blue,dark brown,canary yellow,light grey,olive green

colour term composed of adjective ornoun + colour, where the first elementmodifies the secondS always open

The pluton is composed of pale pinkgranite.

The gossan rocks are rust brown.

melt-out till follow-up study,pinch-out feature,slip-off slope,fining-upwards cycle

compound adjective whose finalcostituent is an adverb of direction orplaceS hyphenate before the noun beingmodified

A follow-up study was started in 1991.

in-house publicaton per-gram basis,out-of-province survey

preposition + nounS hyphenate before the noun beingmodified

High-quality maps are produced by ourin-house cartography section.

ball-and-pillow structure cut-and-fill mining,crag-and-tail feature,ball-and-socket jointing

noun + conjunction + nounS hyphenate before the noun beingmodified

Ball-and-pillow structures are commonin these sandstones.

500-foot level 2-ounce sample6-inch crystal

numeral + imperial measurementS hyphenate before the noun beingmodified

Samples were collected from the500-foot level of the mine.

2 m length 2.7 km wide zone,5 kg bulk sample

numeral + metric measurementS always open

A 5 kg bulk sample was collected fromthe esker.

three-quarters completed two-thirds majority spelled out fraction used as anadjectiveS hyphenate before and after nounbeing modified

Pyroxenite constitutes two-thirds of theoutcrop.

The project is three-quarterscompleted.

in situmining en échelon faultsbutlit-par-lit bedding

foreign phrase used as an adjectiveS leave open unless hyphenated inoriginal language

The salt is extracted using in situmining methods.

En échelon faults strike eastward inthis area.


Table 2. Hyphenation guide for prefixes and suffixes.

Prefix/Suffix Examples Rules

calc calc-alkalic, calc-alkaline but calcarenite S hyphenatedS see exception in the box to the left

co coexist, coefficient, coset, coleaderbut co-operation, co-ordinate, co-worker, co-author

S not hyphenated unless the word being prefixedbegins with an �o�, or unhyphenated formwould be puzzling to the reader

fore foreslope, foredeep, foreland S not hyphenated

glacio glaciofluvial, glaciolacustrinebut glacio-isostacy, glacio-eustatic

S not hyphenated unless the word being prefixedbegins with a vowel

inter interglacial, interrelated, intertidal, interstade S not hyphenated

intra intraclast, intragranular, intraformational, intrafacies butintra-arterial

S not hyphenated unless the word being prefixedbegins with an �a�

macro macrocrystalline, macrofacies, macroevolution, macrolinear,macroscopic but macro-organism

S not hyphenated unless the word being prefixedbegins with an �o�

meta metagabbro, metamorphism, metavolcanic, metasediments butmeta-andesite, meta-arenite


micro microgranular, microfossil, microporphyritic, microquartz,microbreccia but micro-ophitic

S not hyphenated unless the word being prefixedbegins with an �o�

mid midpoint, midrange, midway, midyearbut mid-Paleozoic,mid-oceanic, mid 1980s

S not hyphenated unless the word being prefixedis a proper noun, or unhyphenated formwould be puzzling to the reader

S when used with a numeric date, leave open

multi multielement, multicoloured, multilayeredbut multi-institutional

S not hyphenated unless the word being prefixedbegins with an �i�

non nonconformity, nonferrous, nondepositional, nonclastic S not hyphenated

para paraconglomerate, paragneiss, paragenetic, paracontinuity butpara-andesite


phyric quartz-phyric, feldspar-phyric S always hyphenated

post posttectonic, postmagmatic, postdate, postglacial, postorogenic butpost-Paleozoic

S not hyphenated unless the word being prefixedis a proper noun

pre preglacial, prediagenesis, Precambrian, predatebut pre-Devonian, pre-eminent, pre-engineered

S not hyphenated unless the word being prefixedbegins with an �e�, or is a proper noun

re readvance, resedimented, reassess, recharge, rebound but re-entrantrecover = get well, re-cover = cover again

S not hyphenated unless the word begins with an�e�, or to distinguish between homonyms

semi semiarid, semicircular, semicrystalline, semiprecious stone butsemi-independent

S not hyphenated unless the word being prefixedbegins with an �i�

sub subaerial, subbase, subcrop, submarginal, subhydrous, subunit butsub-ice

S not hyphenated unless the unhyphenated formwould be puzzling to the reader

super supergroup, superterrane, supercooling S not hyphenated

supra supracrustal, supratidal S not hyphenated

syn synvolcanic, synchronous, syncline, syndepositional, synorogenic S not hyphenated

ultra ultramafic, ultramylonite, ultrabasic, ultraviolet;but ultra-abyssal



ApostrophesThe primary use of the apostrophe is to indicate possession (The Canadian Style, Section 7.60)

Add �s to a singular word or a plural that doesn�t end in s.the Resident Geologist�s office in Sault Ste. MarieT. Fauvelle�s claimsthe men�s washroom

Add just � to the end of a plural word or a singular word ending in s.the Resident Geologists� offices in Cobalt and TimminsJones� work in the Windsor areathe Precambrian geoscientists� contributions to Summary of Field Work and Other Activities

If possession is shared by 2 or more subjects, the �s is added to the last word only.Arias and Heather�s work in the Mishibishu area resulted in a report.

To indicate individual possession, the �s is added to each word.Both Rutka�s and Armstrong�s samples were collected from the Bruce Penninsula.

There is no apostrophe in the possessive forms �yours�, �hers� and �its�. �It�s� is always a contraction of �it is�The company increased its drilling program in 1994.It�s going to rain.

Statements of duration are formed like possessives and follow the same rules.a summer�s workin 2 days� time

Do not use apostrophes to make plural abbreviations or plural years:1970s not 1970�sREEs not REE�s

Never use apostrophes for the minutes symbol in a latitude-longitude measurement, or for the prime symbol in a crosssection.

87_45� not 87_45�AA� not AA�

Quotation MarksQuotationmarks (� �,WordPerfect characters 4,32 and 4,31) are used to enclose short quotations run into the text. Guide-lines for quotations are found in the section titled �Quotations in the Text�.

In the Geraldton area, Horwoodand Pye (1955) defined the Bankfield�Tombill fault as a �strongly sheared andbrec-ciated zone 40 feet (12 m) wide�.

Double quotation marks are used to set apart technical, slang or colloquial terms in text, not single quotation marks (TheCanadian Style, Section 8.12).

a unit of dark, spotted �leopard� rock

Note: after the term hasbeen introduced in quotationmarks, the quotationmarks can be dropped from subsequent usesofthe term.

Single quotation marks are only used within text already set apart by double quotation marks (The Canadian Style,Section 8.08).

During Smith�swork in the area, he found that �the metavolcanic rocks of the area exhibit a pronounced �C� fabric�.

The titles of articles, sections in a report, or chapters of a book, when they appear in text, are enclosed in quotationmarks.In his article �Gold in the Abitibi Belt�, Reed (1977) discussed hydrothermal alteration in the area.(see description of Norex property in �Property Descriptions�)

Never use quotation marks for the seconds symbol in latitude-longitude measurement.87_45�20� not 87_45�20�


Punctuation and Quotation Marks

Publication Services uses the British form of punctuating quotations: where the end of the sentence and the end of thequotation coincide, the punctuation is placed outside the quotation marks unless the quotation marks enclose a completesentence or sentences�in that case, the punctuation is placed inside the quotation marks.

Whileworking in the SiouxLookout area,Wighton (1982) noted that themineralizationwas confined to �the syenitestock, and highly altered volcanic and sedimentary rock at the western contact of the syenite�.McDonald (1988) reported: �Gold mineralization in the Seagram Lake area appears to be spatially associated withdeformation zones and related shear systems.�

ParenthesesParentheses are used to enclose additional information serving to explain, amplify or provide comments on adjacentmaterial (The Canadian Style, Section 7.33).

Additional work in the area includes regional structural mapping of the granitoids by K. Burton (University ofWaterloo), and a regional Pleistocene glacial study by M. Bernier and C. Kaszycki (OGS).Metavolcanic rocks in the southern part of the township are amphibolitized and include ultramafic flows (koma-tiites) and related intrusive rocks underlying Bee Lake.

Parentheses are used to enclose reference citations in the text.Several types of breccia are known to occur on the island (Halls and Greive 1987).The area east of Vermilion Lake wasmapped by Harding (1951) who indicated a large unit of conglomerate extend-ing east from Vermilion Lake to Bluett Lake.

Parentheses are used to enclose references to figures, photos and tables in the text.Pillowed basalt flows are common, and the pillow selvages are chloritized (Figures 1, 2 and 3; Photo 5).

When writing out an abbreviation or initialism at first mention, the abbreviation or initialism is enclosed in parenthesesimmediately following the long form.

In the Kakagi Lake area, M. Chute had been prospecting and mapping with the aid of grants from the OntarioProspectors Assistance Plan (OPAP).

Sets of parentheses can be nested if necessary; no space is used between the parentheses. Brackets are not used.Rare staurolite crosses and twinned kyanite crystals (the former documented by Jackson and Harrap (1978)) can befound at this location.

notRare staurolite crosses and twinned kyanite crystals (the former documented by Jackson and Harrap [1978]) can befound at this location.

Sets of parentheses can be placed next to one another; a space is used between the closing parenthesis of the first set andthe opening parenthesis of the second set.

Most of the suite is contained within the Churchill Lake batholith (2200 km2) and the Wapesi Lake batholith(635 km2) (see Figure 4).

When enclosing additional information, the parentheses are serving the same function as a pair of commas, so commasare not needed on each side of the parentheses.

The airborne geophysical surveys (flown in 1978, 1979 and 1982) found no significant anomalies in the study area.not

The airborne geophysical surveys, (flown in 1978, 1979 and 1982), found no significant anomalies in the study area.

Periods should be placed outside parentheses unless thematerial within the parentheses is a complete sentence and is notcontained within another sentence.

Rainwater collected during the sampling period had a pH of 4.0 to 4.5 (Dyer et al. 1994).The large dike strikes northeast. (All dikes in the area strike northeast.)

BracketsBrackets ([ ]) are usedwithin quotations to clarify information or to indicate amistake in the quotedmaterial. See sectiontitled �Accuracy in Quotations�.


LISTSNot all lists need to be introduced by a colon. See the section titled �Colons� for the rules.

Numbered lists run into the text have their elements enumerated with numerals followed by closing parentheses.

If elements in a list are simple, they are separated by commas.The most common types of clasts in the area, in order of abundance, are as follows: 1) feldspathic arenite,2) siltstone, 3) lithic fragments, and 4) greywacke.Komatiitic flows consist of 1) peridotitic flows with pyroxene spinifex textures, 2) peridotitic flows withoutpyroxene spinifex textures, and 3) basaltic flows with acicular textures.

If the elements in a list are long, complicated, or require internal punctuation (commas), they are separated by semico-lons.

Two types of mineralization occur on the property: 1) disseminated grains and blebs of pyrite and chalcopyriteassociatedwith quartz veins; and 2) narrowbands ofmassivemagnetitewith clots and smearsof chalcopyrite, pyriteand pyrrhotite.

If a second level of enumeration is needed, the numerals are followed by lower-case letters.1a), 1b), 1c)

Vertical lists set apart from the text have their elements enumerated with numerals followed by periods. No punctuationis required at the end of each element of a vertical list unless each element is a complete sentence. List elements are notcapitalized unless they are complete sentences.

In vertical lists, the last 2 elements are not separated by �and�. The last entry does not end with a period, unless it is acomplete sentence. A new paragraph following a vertical list is not indented.

During the last field season, the contact between these 2 units was found at 3 locations in Lorrain Township:1. on a northwest-trending ridge approximately 2 km south of Paradis Bay, Lake Timiskaming2. approximately 1 km north of Latour Lake3. on the northeast shore of Pine Lake

The contacts are similar at these locations.

In vertical listswhere the author does not wish to indicate the priority of the list elements by using numbers, bullets are tobe used.

At the second locality, the following observations were made:D North-northwest-trending fracture planes (330 to 340_) are filled with dark red, flinty mylonite.D Fracture and fault zones control the intrusion of lamprophyre dikes, whose margins are chilled against the

Precambrian monzonite gneiss.

D Later, hematized fracture planes, striking about 250 to 260_, displace the lamprophyre dikes.

If the introducing statement is complete, and is followed by other complete sentences before the start of the list, a periodis used.

An outline of the procedure follows. Note that care was taken to eliminate the effect of temperature variation.1. The apparatus was assembled.2. The materials were weighed.

If a second level of enumeration is needed, lower-case letters are used.The subprovinces of the Superior Province can be grouped into 4 types:

1. granite-greenstone subprovincesa. Sachigo Subprovinceb. Bird River Subprovincec. Uchi Subprovince

REFERRING TO FIGURES, PHOTOS, TABLES, ACCOMPANYING MAPS AND OTHERSECTIONS OF THE REPORT

Referring to Figures, Photos and TablesThe first mention of a figure, photo or table can be in parentheses:

The shear zone is parallel to the general foliation in the area (Figure 6.3).


or, the first mention of a figure, photo or table can be in the sentence itself:The geochemical analyses are listed in Table 6.1.

The second, and subsequent mentions of the figure, photo or table (that occur in parentheses) must be preceded by theitalicized word �see�.

On the northwestern side of the occurrence, a mafic dike intruded rebrecciated, ankeritized granitoid rock (seeFigure 2.1).

When making reference to a list of figures, tables or photos in the text, use this format:Figures 1, 2 and 3Figures 3, 6 and 7, and Photo 12Figures 1, 2 and 3 show the orientation of the fractures with respect to the shear zone.These features can be seen clearly in Figures 3, 6 and 7, and Photo 12.

If the reference to the list of figures etc. is in parentheses, the format is:(Figures 1, 2 and 3; Photo 5)Pillowed basalt flows are common, and the pillow selvages are chloritized (Figures 1, 2 and 3; Photo 5).

For referring to figures, tables or photos bothwithin the paper being edited and from outside publications, the citation forthe outside publication is separated from the �internal� citation by a semicolon and the italicized words �see also�.

(Table 5; see also Jones 1983, Table 1)Several samples from theDragonfly occurrence show anomalousBe, Cs and Li values (Table 5; see also Jones1983,Table 1).

In captions for figures, photos or tables, or in the text, the words �after� and �from� are to be italicized when they cite areference (see �Copyright�). Frommeans that the figure is unchanged from the original, modified from and aftermeanthat the figure has been changed.

Figure 6. Submarine fan association (after Thompson 1987).

The correct numbering format for figures, photos and tables in a compendium includes the number of the paper or chap-ter. For example, the second figure in the third paper is called Figure 3.2; the first table in the fourteenth paper is calledTable 14.1.

Oversized figures (larger than page size) are put into the back pocket. Where these are referred to in the text for the firsttime, �back pocket� must be used. Subsequent mentions do not need �back pocket�.

A cross section of the bluff is presented in Figure 10 (back pocket).Much of the gold exploration has been focussed on the Graves Lake�Vickers Lake area (see Figure 12, backpocket).

In some reports, several oversized figures will be combined into charts (i.e., large folded pieces of paper in the backpocket of the report). Charts are designated by letters, not numbers.When referring to a figure on a chart for the first time,the chart letter and �back pocket� must be used. Subsequent mentions do not need chart letter or �back pocket�.

A detailed map of the mineralized outcrop is found in Figure 26a (Chart B, back pocket).The Troutfly occurrence is located on the north shore of Troutfly Lake (Figure 7, Chart A, back pocket).

Referring to Other Sections of the ReportWhen directing the reader to another section of the text, the italicized word �see� precedes the section name. The sectionname is always used, not the page number. The section name is in quotation marks.

The schist to the south of the creek is garnetiferous (see �Metamorphic Geology�).Several trenches were excavated at this site (see description of Norex property in �Property Descriptions�).

Referring to Accompanying MapsMaps that accompany a report are referred to as being in the back pocket. The rules for first and subsequent mention offigures are followed for maps.

The truncation of the ironstone unit against the intrusion is shown on Map 2360 (back pocket).The dike extends northwards to Finger Lake (Map 2546, back pocket).A wide zone of carbonatization is present here (see Map 2546).


CONFUSABLE AND ABUSABLE WORDS AND PHRASESFor this edition of the Editorial Guide, we decided to include a short usage section, primarily for the use of authors, deal-ingwith oftenmisusedwords and phrases. The following list includes those most commonly encountered in OGSpubli-cations.

amount, number, few(er), less(er)Amount is used for things you cannot count individually: an amount of sand.Numberis used for things that can be counted individually: a number of people.Few goeswith number: you have fewer dikes, notless dikes in an area. Less goes with amount: you have less quartz in a rock. Less takes a singular noun (less tonalite);fewer takes a plural noun (fewer drumlins).

You cannot have a lesser amount of something. You can have less of it, or a smaller amount of it.

analysis, assayAn analysis is any test to determine the presence, absence and quantity of various components. An assayis a type of analysis to determine the proportion and purity of metals in an ore.

clastics �We may say �volcanics�, �clastics�, �metamorphics�, �intrusives�, and �granitics� to each other in the field, butit is quite improper gramatically to add an �s� to an adjective to make a plural noun. It may be tedious and repetitious toread, but it is correct and unambiguous to write �volcanic rocks�, �clastic rocks�, �intrusive rocks and �granitic rocks� �(Sylvester and Costas 1989).

compose, comprise, constitute, include This set of words is often misused in OGS reports.

Compose means to make up or constitute. The whole is composed of the parts.The rock is composed of quartz, hornblende, biotite and magnetite.

Comprise means to consist of or to be composed of. The whole comprises the parts.The outcrops comprise sandstone, mudstone, quartz arenite and limestone units.

Never, never, never use �comprised of�, that would be the same as writing �composed of of�.

Constitute means to make up or compose. The parts constitute the whole.Quartz, feldspar, hornblende and spinel constitute the mineral assemblage.

Include implies that the list that follows is not complete; where the list is complete, use comprise.Mafic rocks include basalt and gabbro.Canada comprises 10 provinces and 2 territories.

compression �Manywriters of geologic literature use �compression� indiscriminately for both stress and strain, as in thecontext of �compressional structures�. Geologic structures are manifestations of strain; thus, in rock mechanics the con-vention is that �tension� and �compression� are terms that should be used in discussionsof stress, whereas the correspond-ing strain terms are �extension� or �elongation�, and �contraction� or �shortening� or even �constriction� � (Sylvester andCostas 1989).

concentration, content Concentration is the relative content of a component compared with the whole. Content is theactual amount of the component. If 10 kg ofmetal are present in 100 kg of ore, the concentration of themetal in the ore is10% or one tenth. The content of the metal in the ore is 10 kg.

continual, continuous, contiguous Continual means recurring frequently. Continuous means uninterrupted orunbroken. Contiguous means touching along a boundary or at a point. Continuous is an absolute; it means unbroken.Something is either unbroken or it is not; therefore, something cannot be �semicontinuous� any more than it could be�partly unbroken�. It could, however, be discontinuous.

data �Data shownothing. It is the analyst�s interpretation of the data that mayyield somekind of a conclusion� (Sylvesterand Costas 1990). Data is plural, so data are collected. Datum is singular.

drill core, drill holes see holes

evidence The word evidence is useless on its own; you must qualify it.Evidence suggests that these are ancient rift systems.

What evidence? Geophysical evidence? Empirical evidence? Structural evidence? Please let us know.

fault movement �Faults do not move; thus it is improper to talk about �fault movement� and how �a fault moved throughtime�. Movement (of one block relative to another) may occur along a fault, a fault may offset somthing, and it is correctto talk about fault displacement� (Sylvester and Costas 1990).

fewer see amount

frequently see time terms

Ga,Ma,my The first two abbreviationsmean �billion years before present� and �million years before present�, respec-tively. they cannot be used in an adjectival sense. You cannot say �3.8Ga greenstone�, because that means �3.8 billion-years-before-present greenstone�, which doesn�t make sense!


The duration of a remote interval of geologic time, as a number of years, should not be expressed by the same symbols.The term million years (my) should be used for intervals.

The following is a list of examples showing the correct use of Ga, Ma, my and the written-out forms:The greenstones have been dated at 3.7 Ga.A series of 2765 million-year-old basaltic flows . . .Harris (1980) discussed the older plutons (3.4 Ga) . . .This event occured between 2734 and 2730 Ma.These rocks are 2430¦3 million years old.The orogeny lasted for approximately 27 million years. or The orogeny lasted for approximately 27 my.

holes Holes are drilled, not feet (ouch!) or metres. But, drill core (not holes) is stored in drill core libraries. (We wouldlike to see what kind of setup is required to store holes.)

host Rocks host mineralization, or ore deposits; they do not host mines.

imply, infer These two words are not interchangeable: imply means suggest or indicate; infermeans deduce from evi-dence at hand.

Complicated fold patterns in the area imply numerous deformation events.Numerous deformation events can be inferred from the complicated fold patterns in the area.

include see compose

intense, intensive Intensemeans existing in an extremedegree. Intensivemeans highly concentrated, directed to a singlepoint, subject or area.

intrusive, intrudes Intrusive is an adjective, not a noun: use �intrusive rocks�, not �intrusives�. Also, �intrusive into� isgrammatically incorrect, it is trying to use an adjective to do a verb�s job.

the dike intrudes or cuts the sandstone not the dike is intrusive into the sandstoneSee also clastics.

less see amount

lithology Lithology means the description of rocks, especially in hand specimen and in outcrop, on the basis of suchcharacteristics as colour, mineralogical composition and grain size. It does not mean rock type.

Various rock types are present at this location. not Various lithologies are present at this location.

Ma see Ga

maparea,map sheet, study area, present areaThemaparea or study area is the part of the provincewhere themappingwas carried out. Themap sheet is a piece of paper, cronoflex or a digital file. Traverses run across the map sheet would bepretty short. Present area is essentially meaningless; use map area or study area.

metavolcanics see clastics

my see Ga

number see amount

occasionally see time terms

occur Lots of things occur: minerals occur, faulting occurs, shearing occurs. A study area does not occur; it merely is.The study area is south of Lake Nipissing. not The study area occurs south of Lake Nipissing.

Mines don�t occur either. Mines are located and developed.The mine was developed in Fred Township. not The mine occurs in Fred Township.

often see time terms

over, under Over and under are reserved for position. Use more than instead of over, and either less than (amounts) orfewer than (number) instead of under.

More than 50 dikes intrude the porphyry. not Over 50 dikes intrude the porphyry.

present area see map area

presently, at present Presently means �in a little while, shortly, soon� as opposed to at present which means �now�.At present, 4 mines are being developed in the area. not Presently, 4 mines are being developed in the

area.

pyroclastics see clastics


rapid see time terms

rhythmite, varveA rhythmite is an individual unit within beds developed by rhythmic sedimentation. A varve is a typeof rhythmite deposited in a body of still water within one year�s time, the layers reflecting seasonal variations insedimentation.

sediments, sedimentary rocks � �Sediments� are rock-disintegration products, such as sand, silt, and gravel. We wouldlike to be invited to go on a field trip to see �Ordovician sediments�. Althoughwe realize that sedimentswere deposited inbasins of Ordovician age, we�ll bet 30¢ that they are �sedimentary rocks� today and should be so called� (Sylvester andCostas 1989).

since see time terms

stress, strain see compression

terrain, terrane Terrain is a geographic term describing a tract or region of the Earth�s surface considered as a physicalfeature. Terrane is a geological term describing a fault-bounded body of rock of regional extent characterized by ageologic history different from that of contiguous terranes. Informally, it is a region where a particular rock or group ofrocks predominates.

time terms �Words that tell when are not the same as words that tell where or how much. Scrutinize sentences such as:�Stream banks, sometimes very steep, expose an occasionally well-developed soil profile and frequent graniteboulders.�

Recognize the highlighted words as those that refer to time. A more accurate description would be:�Stream banks, at places very steep, expose a locally well-developed soil profile and many granite boulders� �(Cluff 1980).

Since is a time word; so are occasional, while and frequently. �Occasional outcrops� means that sometimes they�represent, and sometimes they�re not. We all know that this isn�t the case. �Widely separated outcrops�makes more sense.

Suggested replacements for time terms:occasional: rare, sporadic, sparse, local, widely separatedsometimes: in places, locallyat times: in places, locallyfrequent: many, commonsince: because ofwhile: whereas, although

The term rapid facies change is related to thesemisused time terms: �We have yet to read an article that stated the velocityof a �rapid facies change�.We have observed andmapped abrupt facies changes, however� (Sylvester and Costas 1989).

unconformity, nonconformity, disconformity An unconformity is a surface of erosion or nondeposition whichrepresents a considerable gap in the geologic record separating younger strata from older rocks. A nonconformity is anunconformity in which stratified rocks above the erosional surface rest on unstratified rocks such as igneous ormetamorphic rocks. Adisconformity is an unconformity between parallel strata, i.e., strata belowdo not dip at an angle tothose above.

under see over

value Value is an abstract term; it is an attribute, not a substance.Mineralized zones containing gold were intersected by drilling.

notGold values were intersected by drilling.

varve see rhythmite

volcanics see clastics

REFERENCES AS CITED IN THE TEXTCiting General ReferencesReferences are cited in the text as follows:1. the author�s name and the year of the publication both in parentheses; do not put a comma in between them

Garnets appear in the metasediments south of Ant Lake (Tynan 1987).The exploration history of the area has been well documented (Gibson 1937, 1941; Wells 1945).


2. the author�s name in the sentence followed by the year of the publication in parenthesesAccording to Lapointe (1965), the area has undergone several stages of deformation.Sheardown (1988) mapped the area at a scale of 1:15 840.

Citing Publications Authored by OrganizationsWhen citing a reference in the text to a publication authored by an organization, the abbreviation for the organization�sname is used, but the full name of the organization is written out in the reference list.

In the Schoeffman Lake area, sulphide mineralization, dominated by pyrite, is concentrated in chert-silicificationhorizons (OGS 1989).

Citing More Than One Author at a TimeWhen citing a list of references in the text, references to publications by the same author are separated by commas andreferences to publications by different authors, or different sets of authors, are separated by semicolons.

McSwain (1987, 1989) investigated the silver potential of Crescent Township.Reconnaisance mapping has been carried out in the area (Blackburn 1976, 1979, 1982; Blackburn and Chorlton1980; Berger 1988).

When citing publications by different authors in the same place in the text, they are listed in chronological order by yearof publication.

(Bajc 1985; Armstrong 1989, 1990)(Ly 1978, 1988; Sakuto 1985; Lindgreen 1986, 1987)

If publications by different authors having the same year of publication are cited in the same place in the text, they arelisted in alphabetical order by author�s name.

(Anstruther 1993; Carleton 1993)

Citing an Author With More Than One Publication in a Single YearIf several references to the same author having the same year of publication are cited, the year is written out in full eachtime, followed by a modifying lower-case letter.

as stated by Murphy and Robertson (1986a, 1986b)

However, if four ormore references to the same author having the same year of publication are cited, they should appearin this form:

(Sheedy 1987a-d)

Citing Multiple AuthorsWhen citing a reference in the text to a publication co-authored by three or fewer authors, all the authors� names arewritten out.

(Kosec, Flynn and McInnes 1996)

When citing a reference in the text to a publication co-authored by four or more authors, the name of the first author iswritten out, followed by �et al.�

Citing Multiple and Different Authors Publishing in the Same YearIf an author has published more than one paper in a single year with different co-authors, cite the minimum number ofnames needed to identify the publication in question.

If there are three or fewer authors, all the names are written out.

References to the following in the reference list:Jones, A.D., Baker, F., Martin, D.D. and White, P. 1980Jones, A.D., Cromwell, A. and Armstrong, N.M. 1980Jones, A.D., Frederickson, O., Holm, H. and Smith, P.E. 1981Jones, A.D., Marcos, I., DiMario, M. and Fiorido, D. 1980

appear in the text as:Jones, Baker et al. (1980) Jones et al. (1980a)Jones, Cromwell and Armstrong (1980) Jones et al. (1980b)Jones et al. (1981) not Jones et al. (1981)Jones, Marcos et al. (1980) Jones et al. (1980c)


Citing Another Paper in the Same VolumeWhen citing another paper in the same compendium, the paper is cited in the following format:

Airborne magnetic data were inconclusive (Johnston, this volume).Stott (this volume) mapped the area west of the batholith.

There is no entry in the reference list for same-volume citations.

Page Numbers in Reference CitationsIf an author wishes to cite a particular page, table, figure or map from an outside article, the format is:

(Huxter 1989, Table 1)(Miller 1995, p.25)

Citing Personal and Written Communications, and Unpublished DataThe title of the person is dropped unless he or she is a prospector

(J. Smith, Noramco Ltd., written communication, 1991)(A. Knebl, Prospector, personal communication, 1993)(S.L. Jackson, OGS, unpublished data, 1995)

Citing Newspaper InformationNewspapers are not referenced in the reference list. The format for citing a newspaper article is newspaper name (initalics), date, page number (if given).

(The Northern Miner, March 14, 1990, p.12.)

For the purposes of references, the Canadian Mines Handbook is considered as a newspaper; it is not referenced in thereference list.

(Canadian Mines Handbook, 1994�95)

Information contained within parentheses is considered to be part of the text, not aside from it; therefore, titles of books,newspapers, etc. are still italicized when they occur inside parentheses.

Citing Work in PressTheOGSwill cite onlyworkswhich are �in press�, i.e., workwhich has been formally accepted for publication by Publi-cationServicesor anoutside publisher. Therefore, references to less complete work (formerly designated �in prep.�)willbe �(unpublished data)�, �(written communication)� or �(personal communication)�. This means that an entry is nolonger necessary in the reference list.

A comma separates the author�s name from �in press�.(Menhart, in press)

Citing a Series of MapsAn author can cite an entire series of 5 or more maps at once, instead of citing them individually.

(OGS 1986) instead of (OGS 1986a�m)

REFERENCES IN THE REFERENCE LIST

The Order of References in the Reference ListWhere an author has published several papers as primary authorwith different co-authors, the paperswill be listed inthe reference list alphabetically by all authors� names in sequence, andnot chronologically by primary author, or bynumber of co-authors.Kelly, R.I. 1995Kelly, R.I., Armstrong, D.K. and Morris, T.F. 1989Kelly, R.I. and Bajc, A.F. 1992Kelly, R.I., Barnett, P.J. and Morris, T.F. 1992Kelly, R.I., Barnett, P.J. and Rutka, M.A. 1991Kelly, R.I. and Rutka, M.A. 1993


The Use of Three-Em Dashes in the Reference ListThe three-em dash ( ) is used only in reference lists. Where the authorship of one or more publications in thereference list is identical, the second and subsequent entries are introduced by a three-em dash replacing the author�sname or all the authors� names.Do notmix three-em dashes and authors� names in a reference entry; if the authors in thegroup are different in successive entries, or in a different order, they are written out in full.

Jaworski, D.F. 1986. Geology of the Long Lake area, District of Algoma; Ontario Geological Survey, Report 222, 78p.

1987. Gold mineralization in the Long Lake area, District of Algoma; Canadian Mineralogist, v.2, no.6, p.678-689.

Jaworski, D.F. and Singh, B. 1987. Gold mineralization and shear zones in the Long Lake area, District of Algoma; Journal of Geology, v.14, p.56-67.

1989. Precambrian geology of the Blanket Lake area; Ontario Geological Survey, Preliminary Map 2987, scale 1:15 840.

Note: in the last reference, the three-em dash replaces both �Jaworski, D.F.� and �Singh, B.�.

Referencing Work in PressA comma follows the author�s name and initial.

OGS publication�publication type known, number unknownJones, B., in press. Geology of Fred Lake area; Ontario Geological Survey, Open File Report.

outside publication�publisher knownJones, B., in press. Geology of Fred Lake area; Canadian Mineralogist, v.17, no.6.

Referencing Publications Authored by OrganizationsWhen referencing a publication authored by an organization, the full name of the organization iswritten out in the refer-ence list entry.

Ontario Geological Survey 1994. Summary of field work; Ontario Geological Survey, Miscellaneous Paper 163, 276p.

Geological Survey of Canada 1987. Current research, part A; Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 87-1A, 498p.

Referencing BooksRamsay, J.G. 1967. Folding and fracturing of rocks; McGraw�Hill, New York, 568p.

Smith, A.J. ed. 1968. Gold deposits in North America, 2nd ed.; McGraw�Hill, New York, 456p.

Referencing Articles in PeriodicalsWalker, G.P.L. 1971. Grain size characteristics of pyroclastic deposits; Journal of Geology, v.79, p.696-714.

1983. Ignimbrite types and ignimbrite problems; Journal of Volcanology and Geothermal Research, v.17, p.65-88.

Referencing Compendia and Symposium VolumesWhen referencing symposium volumes, the volume is referenced by the producing organization, not by the editor�sname.Ontario Geological Survey 1994. Summary of field work; Ontario Geological Survey, Miscellaneous Paper 163, 276p.

Geological Survey of Canada 1987. Current research, part A; Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 87-1A, 498p.

Geological Association of Canada 1991. Platinum �90, a symposium on the geology of platinum deposits, proceedings volume; GeologicalAssociationof Canada, 621p.

Referencing Articles in CompendiaAyres, L.D. 1988. Occurrence of komatiites in the Favourable Lake greenstone belt, NorthwesternOntario; inSummary of FieldWork and OtherActivi-

ties 1988, Ontario Geological Survey, Miscellaneous Paper 141, p.71-74.

Pye, E.G. 1991. The first hundred years: a brief history of the Ontario Geological Survey; in Geology of Ontario, Ontario Geological Survey, SpecialVolume 4, Part 1, p.26-57.

Whalen, J.B. 1987.Geology of a northern portion of the Central Plutonic Belt,NewBrunswick; inCurrentResearch, PartA, Geological Survey ofCana-da, Paper 87-1A, p.209-217.

Referencing Articles in Symposium VolumesBowen, R.P. 1987. Geology of the Mishibishu Lake area; in Proceedings and Abstracts, 33rd Annual Meeting, Institute on Great Lakes Geology, p.13.

Bajc, A.F. 1987. Drift stratigraphy of the Rainy River�Fort Frances area and its influence on mineral exploration; inProgram, Canadian Institute ofMin-ing and Metallurgy Bulletin, v.80, no.899, p.66.


Referencing AbstractsThompson, N.L. 1988. Biogeochemical indicators for gold in the Pukaskwa River area; abstract in Program, 23rd Annual Meeting, Canadian Bio-

geochemical Association, p.6.

Referencing Open File ReportsEaston, R.M. 1988. Geology of the Darling area, Lanark and Renfrew counties; Ontario Geological Survey, Open File Report 5693, 206p.

Hamilton, S.M., Fortescue, J.A.C. and Hardy, A.S. 1995. A zinc-cadmium-copper anomaly: preliminary results of the Cow River geochemical survey,Batchawana greenstone belt; Ontario Geological Survey, Open File Report 5917, 31p.

Referencing ReportsKarrow, P.F. 1993. Quaternary geology, Stratford�Conestogo area; Ontario Geological Survey, Report 283, 104p.

Smith, P.M. 1993. Precambrian geology, Vista Lake area; Ontario Geological Survey, Report 282, 84p.

Referencing Aggregate Resources Inventory PapersEven though ARIPs are authored by the staff of Sedimentary Geoscience and Geochemistry Section, sometimes withoutside companies, they are referenced with the OGS as author.Ontario Geological Survey 1994. Aggregate Resources Inventory of Ramara Township; Ontario Geological Survey, Aggregate Resources Inventory

Paper 155, 83p.

Referencing Geological Data Inventory FoliosOntario Geological Survey 1989. Levack Township, Geological Data Inventory Folio 476; compiled by the staff of the Resident Geologist�s office,

Sudbury.

Referencing Parts of Annual ReportsBurwash, E.M. 1934. Geology of the Kakagi Lake area; Ontario Department of Mines, Annual Report, 1933, v.42, pt.4, p.41-92.

Referencing MapsPreliminary MapsStone, D. and Crawford, J. 1994. Precambrian geology, Bigshell Lake area; Ontario Geological Survey, Preliminary Map P.3277, scale 1:50 000.

Sage,R.P. 1994.Bedrock geochemical sample locationmap,Michipicoten greenstone belt, central portion;OntarioGeological Survey, PreliminaryMapP.3304, scale 1:50 000.

Final MapsJackson, S.L. 1995. Precambrian geology, Larder Lake area; Ontario Geological Survey, Map 2628, scale 1:50 000.

Muir, T. and Barnett, E.S. 1981. Heron Bay, Thunder Bay District; Ontario Geological Survey, Map 2439, scale 1:31 680.

Aggregate Resources Inventory MapsOntario Geological Survey 1994. Sand and gravel resources of Ramara Township; Ontario Geological Survey, Aggregate Resources Inventory Map

155-1, scale 1:50 000.

Geophysical/Geochemical MapsOntario Geological Survey 1987. Airborne electromagnetic and total intensity magnetic survey, Wawa area, District of Algoma; Ontario Geological

Survey, Map 81 034, scale 1:20 000.

Ontario Geological Survey�Geological Survey of Canada 1978. Uranium reconnaissance program, uranium (ppm), eastern shore, Lake Superior;Ontario Geological Survey, Map 80 018, scale 1:250 000.

ODM�GSC Aeromagnetic MapsOntarioDepartment ofMines�Geological Survey ofCanada 1963.Aeromagnetics,KiascoRiver,CochraneDistrict;OntarioDepartment ofMines�Geo-

logical Survey of Canada, Map 2344G, scale 1:63 360.

Series of MapsIf an author cites an entire series of 5 or more maps, instead of citing individual maps, they are referenced in one entryrather than individually.Ontario Geological Survey 1986. Airborne electromagnetic and total intensity survey, Pickle Lake area; Ontario Geological Survey; Maps 80 894 to

80 952, scale 1:20 000.

Referencing Digital DataReferencing Mineral Deposits Inventory (MDI) DataBecause this database is being periodically updated, the �publication date� for a reference toMDI data will be the year inwhich the author extracted the data from the database. MDI records are referenced with the OGS as author.Ontario Geological Survey 1995. Iroquois Island; inMineral Deposit Inventory, Ontario Geological Survey, MDIR# MN0001.


Referencing Data Sets

The file size of the Data Set is included in the reference format.Ontario Geological Survey 1992. Bedrock geology, seamless coverage of the province of Ontario; Ontario Geological Survey, Data Set 6, 34 Mbytes.

Ontario GEOservices Centre 1995. The Ontario drill hole database; Ontario Geological Survey, Data Set 13, 28 Mbytes.

Referencing Miscellaneous Release - DataFortescue, J.A.C. and Vida, E.A. 1990. Geochemical data to accompany Map 80 804, Herman Lake area; Ontario Geological Survey, Miscellaneous

Release - Data 3.

Byron, M. and Whitehead, R.E. 1993. Bedrock Geology of the Whiskey Lake greenstone belt, digital map; Ontario Geological Survey,MiscellaneousRelease - Data 11.

Referencing StatutesOntario 1990. Aggregate Resources Act, Revised Statutes of Ontario 1990, c. A.8, as ammended by S.O. 1993, c. 27; S.O. 1994, c. 27 and c. 235.

Referencing ThesesWhen referencing theses from universities in Canada, the university name, city and province are given.Coulter, K. 1985. Petrography of a mafic dike suite near Kenora, Ontario; unpublished BSc thesis, University of Windsor, Windsor, Ontario, 67p.

When referencing theses from universities in the US, the university name, city and state are given.St. Louis, C. 1986. Sedimentary structures in Silurian limestones of the Michigan Basin; unpublished PhD thesis, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor,

Michigan, 237p.

When referencing theses from universities outside Canada and the US, the university name, city and country are given.Müller-Mohr, V. 1988. Geologische Kartierung im zentralen Teit von Levack Township, Sudbury-Distrikt (Ontario/Kanada), und die Untersuchung der

Sudbury Breccie im Norden der Sudbury-Struktur: Petrographie und Verbreitung entlang eines Profils im der North Range der Struktur;unpublished MSc thesis, University of Münster, Münster, Federal Republic of Germany, 67p.

Note: in this example, capital letters were retained in the thesis title because it is written in German.

Referencing Assessment File ReportsAt present, there are 3 different numbers that can be used to identify an individual assessment file: the AFRI#, AFO#andthe RGID#. Some assessment files have all 3 numbers, some have only 1. In order tomake it easy for a reader to find theassessment file, one of the numbers, along with which type of number it is, must be part of the reference. The townshipname (if applicable) or NTS area of the report is also included.Archibald, C.W. 1976. Qualifying report on Hutton Township property, Goshawk Mines Ltd.; Sudbury Resident Geologist�s office, Hutton Township,

assessment file RGID# 0021, 14p.

Ypres, J.M. 1988. Report on core samples, Loon Lake property, Goldex Resources Inc.; Kirkland Lake Resident Geologist�s office, NTS 31C/9, assess-ment file AFRI# 39C09NE0008, 65p.

Referencing Unpublished Company ReportsIf the report came from other sources (i.e., the company) the format is:Archibald, C.W. 1976. Qualifying report on Cavendish Township property; unpublished report, Goshawk Mines Ltd., 14p.

REFERENCING OTHER UNPUBLISHED SOURCESAlthough the reference list exists primarily to enable the reader to locate the sources of information, it also functions as away to give credit for ideas incorporated into a publication. Referencing talks, posters etc. is allowed; but the author ofthe work should be queried to find out if the information in the talk has been published in an Abstracts or Proceedingsvolume, if a diagram in lecture notes has appeared in an article or textbook, or if unpublished information has beenupdated or published. It is better to reference something concrete (i.e., published). But, if the author wants to give creditfor an idea transmitted in a non-published form, here are some formats.

Referencing Lecture NotesWest, G.F. 1983. Applied Geophysics; unpublished lecture notes, University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario.

Referencing TalksBradford, J.S. 1990. Sulphide deposits in northwestern Manitoba; lecture, Geological Association of Manitoba, 23rd Annual Meeting, Winnipeg,

Manitoba, October 12-16.


Referencing PostersJacobi, W. 1988. Gold mineralization in the Brandon area; poster, Geological Association of Manitoba, 21st Annual Meeting, Winnipeg, Manitoba,

September 22-26.

REFERENCE GUIDELINESThe guidingprinciple behind the reference list should be to enable the reader to locate the article, book,map or thesis

being cited asquickly aspossible. To accomplish this, a reference should be brief, and each item in it pertinent to retrievalof information.

For books, the information needed is:1. name of the author(s), editor(s) or organization that wrote the book2. date of publication3. title of the book (only first word and proper nouns capitalized)

4. name of series, if any5. edition (if not the original)6. publisher and city of publication

7. number of pages

For articles in journals, compendia or symposia, the information needed is:1. name of author(s)2. date of publication

3. title of article (only first word and proper nouns capitalized)4. name of periodical, compendium or symposium5. volume number (and issue number if applicable)

6. pages of article (inclusive)

The conventions that govern reference format are as follows:

Authors are referred to by their surname and initials.

If the publication has an editor(s) rather than an author(s), the abbreviation �ed.� or �eds.� appears between the name andthe publication date.

If a single author or group of authors hasmore thanone publication in the reference list, the second and subsequent entrieshave a three-em dash replacing the name(s) of the author(s).

The date of publication appears directly after the author�s name and is followed by a period.

Titles of articles, books, maps, symposium volumes and periodicals are in lower case, except for the initial word and allproper nouns.

For books, a semicolon separates the title from the publisher.

For periodicals, a semicolon separates the title of the article from the title of the periodical.

For compendia and symposiumvolumes, the title of the article and the title of the compendiumare separated by a semico-lon and the italicized word �in�.

The abbreviations for �volume� (v.), �part� (pt.) and �number� (no.) are used for periodicals, and the abbreviation �ed.�is used for edition.

Map scales are reported as ratios only (e.g., 1:15 840).

Accompanying maps and charts are not included in the references for Open File Reports, Reports or Geological DataInventory Folios.

The year the geology was surveyed is no longer part of the reference.


Appendixes


Appendix 1: Manuscript Transmittal Notice


Final Report Checklist

Those items marked with an asterisk are mandatory requirements. If these requirements are not met, themanuscript will be returned to the originating section. Numbers in parentheses refer to relevant sections inAppendix 2, �Submission Standards for Final Reports�. Please refer to Appendix 2 for further details.

1. General-* Manuscript Transmittal Notice completed (1.1)- Conforms to OGS Editorial Guide, Fourth Edition (1.2)-* Address, phone and fax numbers provided for author(s) (1.3)-* Separate electronic files for all components (1.4)-* Text of report submitted on fully labelled diskettes (1.5)

2. Text-* Files in WordPerfect 6.0/6.1 for Windows format (2.1)-* Single spaced, all flush left with one additional hard return between paragraphs (2.2)-* Hard copy printed from the final version of text files (2.3)-* Special characters verified to be present in electronic files and on hard copy, or drawn in by hand and high-

lighted on hard copy (2.4)- Spell checked (2.5)- Terminology conforms to standard references (2.6)- Figures, photos and tables cited and in correct order (2.7)- All references cited in text are in reference list, and vice versa. References are complete, correct and in

approved format (2.8)- No cross referencing done using page numbers (2.9)- Table of Lithologic Units or Table ofQuaternaryDeposits and Events agrees with legend of the accompanying

map(s) (2.10)- All stratigraphic and rock units shown on map are discussed in the text (2.11)- �Economic Geology� section includes descriptions of all mineral occurrences depicted on accompanying

map(s) (2.12)

3. Figures-* Clean plot or laser print of each figure (no photocopies) if digitally produced; mylar or PMT plus clean paper

copy if manually produced (3.1)- Page size or smaller (7 x 9 inches maximum) (3.2)-* Fill patterns reproduce well at publication size (3.3)-* Copyright permission received or requested, and included (3.4)

4. Photos-* Up to 15 black-and-white prints; no negatives or slides; discuss with Section Chief if more than 15 required

(4.1)-* Clarity and contrast suitable for scanning at 300 dpi and output at 600 dpi (4.2)-* Unmounted, in an envelope, and marked on the back with the author�s name, photo number, PU # and right-

way-up arrow (4.3)-* Illustrative text or linework placed directly on photo (4.4)- Cropping clearly indicated (4.5)- Show suitable object for scale (4.6)

5. Tables-* Each table in separate file, named with table number (5.1)-* Use WordPerfect �Table Create� function without �Graphic Text Boxes� or enhancements (5.2)-* Excel spreadsheets saved in �Text (Tab Delimited)� format (5.3)

Approved by OGS Publications Working Group January 25, 1995Revised based on discussions with PWG March 2, 1995Approved by Publication Priorities Committee March 24, 1995


Final Map Checklist

Those items marked with an asterisk are mandatory requirements. If these requirements are not met, themanuscript will be returned to the originating section. Numbers in parentheses refer to relevant sections in Ap-pendix 3 �Submission Standards for Final Maps)�. Please refer to Appendix 3 and to the current version of the OGSDigital Mapping User Manual for further details.

6. General-* Manuscript Transmittal Notice completed (1.1)- Conforms to OGS Editorial Guide, Fourth Edition (1.2)

-* Address, phone and fax numbers provided for author(s) (1.3)-* Digital map file submitted through network; legend and other marginal material submitted on fully labelled

diskettes accompanied by hard copy (1.4)-* Submit 2 plots (if digital) or 2 whiteprints (if analogue), one being a coloured copy (1.5)

7. Content-* Full title, scale (and publication scale, if different) and author(s) for each map (2.1)-* Geographic co-ordinates on map face (UTM preferred) (2.2)-* Location map (2.3)- All outcrops and/or mappable units coded properly (2.4)

- All mineral occurrences and workings shown (2.5)-* Only approved symbols and abbreviations are used (2.6)- All rock codes, symbols, properties and abbreviations on map face match those in the legend, symbols list,

property list and abbreviations list, and vice versa (2.7)- Map and legend terminology conforms to standard references (2.8)

-* Source of base maps included (2.9)- Previously published geological and aeromagnetic maps of the area identified (2.10)

- Year(s) field mapping was done, and name(s) of party leader(s) included (2.11)- Magnetic declination indicated (2.12)

8. Digital File Format-* File�s co-ordinates in eastings and northings (3.1)-* File limits set an appropriate distance beyond project area boundaries (3.2)-* Each layer contains a single data type, and name of layer corresponds to that of feature (3.3)-* Legend, symbols, abbreviations, mineral occurrences, properties, sourcesof information and credits submitted

as WordPerfect 6.0/6.1 for Windows file, accompanied by printout (3.4)-* Proper feature code for each symbol indicated in digital file or on printout (3.5)-* Point features scaled properly; new features discussed in advance with Publication Services (3.6)-* Linework facilitates polygon closure (see OGS AutoCAD User Manual) and has zero thickness (3.7)-* Features derived from shape files converted to blocks (3.8)-* WBLOCK command run on file (3.9)-* Files consistent with standards outlined in OGS AutoCAD User Manual (3.10)



Appendix 2: Submission Standards for Final Reports

Those items marked with an asterisk are mandatory requirements. If these requirements are not met, the manu-script will be returned to the originating section.

1. General

* 1.1. Manuscript Transmittal Notice (see Appendix 1) has been fully completed. Copies are available in eachsection and Resident Geologist�s office.

1.2. Text, figures, photos and tables conform to guidelines contained in the OGS Editorial Guide, Fourth Edi-tion.

* 1.3. Address, phone and fax numbers provided for author(s). First-stage edits of the manuscript can only beapproved by the author. Manuscripts which reach the query stage while the author is away will be put onhold until the author is available. If the author is in the field, but not in an isolated location, then an attemptwill be made to obtain approval for the edits in a reasonable time frame (i.e., 2 weeks) through the RGOnetwork. Publication Services will consult with the Senior Manager on the severity of queries and prob-lems.

* 1.4. Separate files provided for the text, each appendix, each table, the list of figure captions, the list of photocaptions and the table of contents (including the list of figures, the list of photos, the list of tables and the listof geological maps).

* 1.5. Text of the report (including appendixes, tables) submitted on diskette. All diskettes submitted have beenlabelled with the PU#, the author�s name and a short version of the project title (e.g., J. Smith, 94-XX, BigLake Area).

2. Text

* 2.1. The manuscript has been word processed; theMinistry-standard word processor isWordPerfect 6.0/6.1 forWindows. If any other word-processing package is used, it is the author�s responsibility to convert the filesto WordPerfect 6.0/6.1 and proofread a printout to ensure that special characters (e.g., Greek letters) andformatting codes (e.g., superscript and subscript) have not been lost.

* 2.2. Text is single-spaced, all flush left (do not indent first line of a paragraph), with an extra hard return (i.e.,blank line) between paragraphs. Page numbers, set up using the �Page - Numbering� function from the�Layout� in WordPerfect, are to be centred at the bottom of the page.

* 2.3. A hard copy of the manuscript has been printed from the final version of the text files on the diskette.

* 2.4. The hard copy has been checked to ensure that any Greek letters, mathematical symbols or foreign lan-guage characters printed properly. If they did not print, they must be drawn in and highlighted on the hardcopy so that Publication Services editors know what they are.

2.5. The body of the report has been spell checked.

2.6. The terminology used agrees as closely as possible with:

a) �VolcanicRockClassification in PrecambrianGeologyReports�, �Sedimentary RockClassification inPrecambrianGeologyReports�, and recommendationsof the IUGSSubcommissionon the Systematicsof IgneousRocks inA. Streckeisen�s �ToEach Plutonic Rock its ProperName�,Earth Science Review,vol.12, p.1-33, 1976.

b) The AGI Glossary of Geology, Third Edition.

2.7. All figures, photos and tables are cited in the text, and in the correct order.

2.8. All references cited in the text are in the reference list, and vice versa.All references in the reference list arecomplete, correct and in the approved format.

2.9. No cross referencing is done using page numbers (cross-reference using chapter and section headingsonly).

2.10. The Table of Lithologic Units or Table of Quaternary Deposits and Events agrees with the legend of theaccompanying map(s).

2.11. All stratigraphic and rock units shown on the map must be discussed in the text.

2.12. The �Economic Geology� section should include descriptions of all mineral occurrences depicted on theaccompanying map(s). The author must include references to all sources of information.


3. Figures* 3.1. If the figure is digitally produced, a clean plot or laser print is required for scanning; photocopies are not

acceptable. If the figure is manually produced, a mylar or PMT plus a clean copy on paper should be sub-mitted.

3.2. Figures are page size or smaller, allowing formargins, whichmeans that they are no larger than 7x 9 inches.Large (back pocket) figures should be used only if absolutely necessary and must be suitable for mono-chrome reproduction.

* 3.3. Patterns used in figure production should be chosen so as to ensure that all elements reproduce welland be legible at final publication size. If in doubt, consult with OGS drafters or Publication Servicescartographers.

* 3.4. Copyright permission has been received, or at least requested, for all figures from other sources, even ifmodifications have been made (see section titled �Copyright�); copies of the request or permission formsare included as part of the package submitted to Publication Services. Copyright PermissionRequest formsappear as Appendix 19, and are available in each section and Resident Geologist�s office.

4. Photos* 4.1. Up to 15 black-and-white prints can be included with a report to illustrate unique features found during

mapping. Do not submit negatives or slides. If a project warrants more photographs than this, the authormust discuss these requirements with their Section Chief during report preparation.

* 4.2. Clarity and contrast must be suitable for scanning at 300 dpi and output at 600 dpi.* 4.3. Photos are to be submitted unmounted, in an envelope, and marked on the back with the author�s name,

photo number, PU # and right-way-up arrow.* 4.4. Illustrative text or linework that is to appear on the face of the photo is to be placed directly on the photo

using a contrasting ink or dry transfer material.4.5. Cropping, if any is required, is clearly indicated by mounting the photo on a card (with tape loops) and

marking the crop lines on the card at the edge of the photo.4.6. An object, proportional to the scale of the photo, is in the photo for scale (e.g., a scale bar for a thin section, a

scale bar or coin for a hand specimen, a hammer or a person for an outcrop).

5. Tables* 5.1. Each table is in a separate file, named with the table number.* 5.2. When creating tables inWordPerfect, use the �Table Create� function. Both portrait and landscape orienta-

tions are acceptable. Avoid using �Graphic Text Boxes� (sometimes used to place text at right angles to thedominant text orientation in the table), different fonts, bold face, rules or shading, and save each table inWordPerfect 5.1 or 5.2 format just before submitting to Publication Services. This will ensure the quickestand most accurate conversion possible. Tables that have been created using �Tab Set� or �ColumnDefine,Parallel Columns� must be converted to true tables using the �Table Create� function prior to submission.

* 5.3. Excel spreadsheets can be accepted if saved in the �Text (Tab Delimited)� file format prior to submission.This format option is available in Excel 5.0.



Appendix 3: Submission Standards for Final Maps

Those items marked with an asterisk are mandatory requirements. If these requirements are not met, the manu-script will be returned to the originating section.

6. General

* 6.1. Manuscript Transmittal Notice (seeAppendix 1) has been fully completed if map is being submitted on itsown. Copies are available in each section and Resident Geologist�s office.

6.2. Map and legend conform to guidelines contained in the OGS Editorial Guide, Fourth Edition.

* 6.3. Address, phone and fax numbers provided for author(s). First-stage edits of the manuscript can only beapproved by the author. Manuscripts which reach the query stage while the author is away will be put onhold until the author is available. If the author is in the field, but not in an isolated location, then an attemptwill be made to obtain approval for the edits in a reasonable time frame (i.e., 2 weeks) through the RGOnetwork. Publication Services will consult with the Senior Manager on the severity of queries and prob-lems.

* 6.4. Digital map file submitted through the network to the drive allocated by the systems officer. Legend and allother marginal text submitted on diskette accompanied by hard copy. All diskettes submitted have beenlabelled with the PU#, the author�s name and a short version of the project title (e.g., J. Smith, 94-XX, BigLake Area).

* 6.5. Submit 2 plots of the map(s) if digital, or 2 whiteprints if cronoflex, with one being a coloured copy (bywhatever means) showing the polygons in colour.

7. Content

* 7.1. The full title, scale (and publication scale, if different) and author(s) are listed for each map.

* 7.2. Geographic co-ordinates are placed on themap face, asmany as are needed to delineate themap area.UTMmeasurements are preferred, but latitudes and longitudes will be accepted.

* 7.3. A locationmap has been included outlining themap area. Hard copy is sufficient (a photocopy of either the1 inch to 25 mile base or the 1:1 000 000 Geology of Ontario map).

7.4. All outcrops and/or mappable units are coded properly.

7.5. All mineral occurrences and workings in map area are on the map.

* 7.6. Only approved symbols and abbreviations approved by Publication Services and the OGS are used in thelegendmaterial and on themap face. All data shownare of sufficient size andweight to permit reproductionat final size.

7.7. All rock codes, symbols, abbreviations and properties on the map face match those in the legend, symbolslist, abbreviations list and properties list, and vice versa.

7.8. The map and legend terminology agrees with that in �Volcanic Rock Classification in PrecambrianGeolo-gy Reports�, �Sedimentary Rock Classification in Precambrian Geology Reports� and recommendationsof the IUGS Subcommission on the Systematics of Igneous Rocks in A. Streckeisen�s �To Each PlutonicRock Its Proper Name�, Earth Science Review, vol.12, p.1-33, 1976.

* 7.9. The source of the base maps is included.

7.10. Previously published geological and aeromagnetic maps of the area are identified in �Sources of Informa-tion�.

7.11. The year(s) field mapping was done, and name(s) of party leader(s) are included.

7.12. The magnetic declination is indicated.

8. Digital File Format

Digital maps, beginning with those generated from the 1995 field season, must conform to the following standardsand to the guidelines contained in the OGS Digital Mapping User Manual introduced in March 1995.

The standards will continue to change somewhat as we refine the conversion process fromAutoCAD to Intergraphand ERLIS. However, any proposed changes will be taken to the PublicationsWorking Group for discussion. If ap-proved, theywill be communicated immediately to everyone concerned to allowplenty of time for implementation.


* 8.1. The file�s co-ordinates must be in UTM eastings and northings.* 8.2. Limits of file have been set at an appropriate distance beyond the boundaries of the project area (e.g., 10%

of the average dimension of the area). Refer to theOGSAutoCADUserManual for examples at a variety ofscales.

* 8.3. Each layer contains a single data type, and the name of the layer corresponds to that of the feature, asdefined by the standards document.

* 8.4. Legend, symbols, abbreviations, mineral occurrences, properties, sources of information and credits aresubmitted as aWordPerfect 6.0/6.1 file with all text flush left (i.e., no indents), accompanied by a printout.

* 8.5. The proper feature code for each symbol used on the map is either included at the beginning of the descrip-tion of that symbol in the WordPerfect file or marked on the accompanying printout.

* 8.6. Point features (symbols, text) are scaled properly; if a geologistwishes to introduce a feature which is not inthe standards document, they must consult with Publication Services cartographic staff.

* 8.7. All linework must facilitate polygon closure (procedures given inOGS AutoCADUser Manual) and havezero thickness.

* 8.8. All features derived from shape files have been converted to blocks (responsibility of Section).* 8.9. Map file submitted to Publication Services results from the WBLOCK command on the original data (re-

sponsibility of Section).

* 8.10. The Section will ensure that the files are consistent with the standards outlined in theOGS AutoCADUserManual.



Appendix 4: Submission Standards for Open FileReports

GENERAL TEXT LAYOUT AND FORMATAdhering to the following submission standards will make the passage of your OFR through Publication Services muchquicker and easier. But remember, the more you do to prepare the report in advance, the faster it will be released.

All OFRs must be accompanied by a transmittal notice (see Appendix 1. You need only fill out the front page of thetransmittal notice for an OFR).

OFRsmust be submitted in aphotocopy-ready format, with all pagesof the text (table of contents (showing correct pagenumbers for listings), main body of the text, and figure, table, and photo pages) prepared, formatted and page numberedby the author. (The table of contents must be formatted but not page numbered, see instructions below.) PublicationServices will produce the covers, title pages and disclaimer pages, and add the conversion table.

OFRsmust be submitted asWordPerfect 6.0/6.1 files (in case any correctionsmust bemade) and as hard copy on 8.5 x 11inch paper, single sided.

Leave one-inch margins top and bottom, left and right.

Single-space the text, leaving one blank line between paragraphs.

Centre the page numbers at the bottom of the pages (remember, the report will eventually be double-sided, and top-rightpage numbers disappear on left-hand pages).

The author supplies the Abstract (necessary) and the supervisor supplies a Foreword (optional).

The report should be arranged as follows: 1) the entire text (in a block), followed by 2) all the figures (in a block), fol-lowed by 3) all the photos (in a block), followedby 4) all the tables (in a block).Authorswhowish to have figures, photos,and tables interspersed with the text, must prepare the report accordingly before submission.

The Table of Contents must be submitted with the correct page numbers listed. The Table of Contents must be followedby a list of Figures, list of Photos, list of Tables, and list of Maps and Digital Data (as applicable). The lists must containpage numbers or, where necessary, �back pocket�.

The Introduction starts on page 1. Do not number any pages (Abstract, Table of Contents, Foreword) that come beforepage 1 (Introduction).

FIGURESThe backpockets are intended formaps only.Oversize figures aremore costly to produce andmore costly for the custom-er to buy, so you should try to keep all figures page size. If drawings were originally done oversize for improved quality,provide a page-size copy for the OFR�photocopy reductions are fine for OFR purposes.

Ensure that all pages containing figures are in a photocopy-ready format, i.e., complete with page numbers and captions,and that abbreviated captions appear in a List of Figures (listing the page numbers) following the Table of Contents.

PHOTOSAll photos submitted (black and white, or colour) will be reproduced in the OFR in black and white unless PublicationServices is informed otherwise.

If the photos are to be reproduced in black and white, do not stick them onto the pages; this only necessitates that they bepeeled off before production. Instead, mark them on the back with the author�s name, the photo number and an up-arrow,and put them in an envelope. Remember to create pages with page numbers and captions on them in the text, so that thephotos can be photocopied onto them. Make sure that abbreviated captions appear in a List of Photos (listing the pagenumbers) following the List of Figures.

If any lettering or arrows are to appear on a photo, they must be marked right on the photo surface.

If colour photos are considered necessary in an OFR, the authormust contact Publication Services before submitting theOFR. It can be done; but the originating section must provide the colour photocopies of the pages, or pay for PublicationServices to handle the colour reproduction for all copies of the OFR, in perpetuity. In the latter case, please provide thecolour figure pages in final format, with page numbers, photo captions and colour photos affixed to the pages. In eithercase, this is expensive and must be cleared with the person who has signing authority for the cost centre (section or sub-section manager). Early contact with Publication Services will make this process much easier for both parties.


TABLESEnsure that all tables are numbered and in final page format, with titles and page numbers. If a table coversmore thanonepage, indicate that it is continued (e.g., at the topof the page, insert �Table 3, con�t�).Make sure the table titles appear in aList of Tables (listing the page numbers) following the List of Photos.

MAPSAlthoughyouwill not know theP.Mapnumbers for any P.Maps to be put in the backpocket, ensure that the titles appear ina list of Maps following the list of Tables.

DIGITAL DATAOnlyunder special circumstances, andwhen it is absolutely necessary, should data diskettes be released in the backpock-et of anOFR.Because diskettes are fairly expensive for the customer to purchase ($25.00 per diskette in 1996), the policynow is tomake digital data available separately asMRDs (MiscellaneousRelease �Data). If a diskette is to go in the backpocket of an OFR, ensure that it is mentioned after the list of Maps, and provide the following information:D file namesD file formatD number of diskettesD whether data will be sold in compressed or uncompressed format

D any other relevant information; e.g., a paragraph describing the disk contents, exactly the way you would like it toread on the release notice.

A README.1st file should be on the diskette outlining the above information.

If you have any problems or questions about OFRs, please call Publication Services.


Appendix 5: Submission Standards for Summary ofField Work and Report of Activities Articles

SUMMARY OF FIELD WORK STANDARDS

General Requirements, Text Layout and Format

Use and adhere to OGS Editorial Guide, Fourth Edition when writing your article.

A manuscript transmittal notice, with the first page completed, must accompany each manuscript. A copy of the manu-script transmittal notice appears as Appendix 1 in this volume.

The address, telephone and fax numbers for the principal author, and for someone designated to approve changes andanswer queries if the author is unavailable, must be given.

Both a hard copy and digital files for the article must be submitted.

The hard copymust be on 8.5 x 11 inch paper, double spaced, with one-inchmargins. Itmust include clean, original laserprints or plots of all text figures.

The body text must be in Courier 12 cpi. Please remember to select Courier 12 cpi from the Font Face tool on the standardtool bar in WordPerfect 6.0/6.1 to ensure that your text is the right size.

The digital text filesmust be inWordPerfect 6.0/6.1, table files inWordPerfect 6.0/6.1 or Excel 5.0. The digital filesmustbe submitted on a diskette labelled with the author�s name and a short version of the manuscript title.

Text figures must be page size or smaller, allowing for margins (i.e., 7 x 9 inches at most).

Standard location figures will be replaced by a single location figure (i.e., map of Ontario with some geology depicted)indicating all project locations by that section�s geologists. Should you wish to have a standard location figure accompa-ny your manuscript, you must notify your supervisor/manager and request one.

Table files (WordPerfect or Excel) must be limited to 15 columns. Tables withmore than 15 columnsmust be split into 2(or more) separate files. (Simply prepare the table as a single file, make a copy with a different name, and then deletecolumns 16 and up from the first file, and delete columns 1 to 15 from the second file.)

Photos must be unmounted, and marked on the back with the author�s name, photo number and up-arrow.

Standard Submissions (Project and Resident Geologists)

The maximum length is 5 pages of text (double spaced).

There is a maximum of 3 illustrations (figures and/or photos) and 2 tables.

The deadline for submission of manuscripts to supervisor/manager will be announced by the section manager.

The manuscripts will be submitted to Publication Services, complete with illustrations, on or before the date announcedby the manager of Publication Services, usually in late September.

Expanded Submissions

If you plan to contribute an expanded submission, please discuss your intentions with your supervisor/manager beforeJune 30.

The maximum length is 25 pages of text (double spaced).

A maximum of 4 illustrations (figures and/or photos) and 4 tables is recommended, but more will be considered at thediscretion of the section manager.

The deadline for submission of manuscript to supervisor/manager will be announced by the section manager.

The manuscripts will be submitted to Publication Services, complete with illustrations, on or before the date announcedby themanager of Publication Services, usually inmid-August. Expanded submissions that fail tomeet the deadlinemaynot be included in the volume.


REPORT OF ACTIVITIES STANDARDS

General Requirements, Text Layout and FormatUse and adhere to OGS Editorial Guide, Fourth Edition when writing your article.

A manuscript transmittal notice, with the first page completed, must accompany each manuscript. A copy of the manu-script transmittal notice appears as Appendix 1 in this volume.

The final text is to be single column and restricted to 25 pages of single-spaced text (excluding tables).

The text and tables must be submitted as WordPerfect 6.0/6.1.

Both hard copy (photocopy ready) and digital files of the entire article (main body of text, tables and table of contents)must be submitted.

The hard copy must be on 8.5 x 11 inch paper, single sided, with one-inch margins on top, bottom, left and right for textand tables.

No right justification of text is allowed (left justified only).

The text must be single spaced, with one blank line between paragraphs when submitted to Publication Services. (Note:the report should be double spaced when submitted to Section Manager for editing purposes.)

Do not indent paragraphs. Each paragraph begins at the left margin.

Do not number pages. (If you are concerned that pages may fall out of order, you can pencil the page numbers on thebacks of the pages.) Page numbers are therefore not required on the hard copy or digital copy of the table of contents.

Times New Roman font, 10 point, is to be used for body text and Arial font for headings. (A Report of Activities digitalarticle template is available from the Senior Manager, Ontario Geological Survey, Resident Geologists Section, whichdetails the various fonts and point sizes.)

Times New Roman, 8 point, is to be used for table text and for table captions.

True type fonts are to be used when printing the report.

WordPerfect�s table function for tables is to be used. The column�s left margin is to be set to zero when not using borders.This allows for the import of data from spread sheets. Alternatively, Excel 5.0 spread sheets canbe imported into the text.

Figures should be imported into the text with the clipboard, if possible. Otherwise they should be submitted photocopyready.

All figures and tables must be mentioned in the text. Asmuch as possible, the figures and tables should be inserted in thetext where they are first mentioned. They should only be placed at the end of the article as a last resort.

The columns and dividers within Tables should be readily distinguishable.

All tables and figures must be titled. Tables must be numbered consecutively, do not skip table numbers.

Figures must be page size or smaller, allowing for margins (i.e., 7 x 9 inches at most).

Report of Activities SectionsAReport of Activitiesdigital article template (withheading levels, type sizes, etc.) is available fromthe SeniorMan-ager, Ontario Geological Survey, Resident Geologists Section.

WHATEVER RESIDENT GEOLOGIST DISTRICT�1996First Author1, Second Author2 and Other Authors3

1Resident Geologist, District Name, Ontario Geological Survey, Resident Geologists Section2Staff Geologist, District Name, Ontario Geological Survey, Section Name, Resident Geologists Section3Other author�s name and affiliation

INTRODUCTIONThis is amandatory section. Introductory text is placed here, and tied to Table 1. It should be kept brief, remember, it�s anintroduction, not a summary!

MINING AND QUARRYING ACTIVITYThis section should be deleted if it is not applicable. It is to be broken down into gold, base metals, industrial minerals,and any others necessary, and tied to a table. It should be kept brief, enticing readers to contact either the company or theResident Geologist�s office for details. This first part is an introduction.


Company or Mine NameDetails of individual operations are given in separate sections like this one.

ADVANCED EXPLORATIONThis section should be deleted if it is not applicable. Again, it should be brief. This first part is an introduction.

Company NameDetails of individual projects are given in separate sections like this one.

EXPLORATION ACTIVITYThis is a mandatory section.Major activity is to be highlighted in this section. Remember to give a complete listing in atable.

LAND-USE PLANNING ACTIVITYThis section should be deleted if it is not applicable.Major land-use planning activities (e.g., park creation or expansion,MNR Keep It Wild or Old Growth programs, First Nation issues, important municipal planning issues) should be docu-mented. In regards to the latter in particular, keep inmind the Freedomof Information and Protectionof PrivacyAct�donot identify individuals or parties without their written consent. If in doubt, leave it out!

RESIDENT GEOLOGIST STAFF AND ACTIVITIESThis is a mandatory section. This section should be kept brief. Particular activities and/or events should be highlighted.

PROPERTY EXAMINATIONSThis is amandatory section. Three to 5properties or areas should be highlighted; remember to give a full listing in a table.Keep in mind that the thematic focus should be �Recommendations for Exploration�. Be as specific as you like, and usewhatever tables or figures you feel are necessary. However, be succinct�for example, don�t bother getting too detailedabout �Exploration History�; if someone is interested, they can get that information directly from you. In other words,remember the �hook factor� to bring them into your office!

Property NameDetails of individual properties are given in separate sections like this one.

GEOLOGICAL HAZARD INSPECTIONSThis section is optional, and can be added or removed as appropriate.

RECOMMENDATIONS FOR EXPLORATIONThis is a mandatory section. Client feedback indicates that this is the highlight of the volume. Be specific!

OGS ACTIVITIES AND RESEARCH BY OTHERSThis section should be deleted if it is not applicable. This section should be kept brief. Include projects and researchconducted by OGS (including NODA), GSC, universities, MITEC, etc. Consider using a table if you have a lot of infor-mation to report, listing who did what, where and when. Also, tie this section to a table.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTSKeep them simple and direct. Use or remove this section as appropriate.

REFERENCESUse standard format, per OGS Editorial Guide, Fourth Edition, appropriate to the type of reference.

TABLESReport of Activities digital tables templates are available from the Senior Manager, Ontario Geological Survey,Resident Geologists Section.


Appendix 6: Editing Checklist For Offset-PrintedReports and Coloured Maps

LOGGING IN THE REPORT AND MAP

j Check package against the transmittal notice to make sure that it is complete; if not, contact the author. Ifnecessary, return package to the author (ensure that it is logged out). Give project to the editor.

j Separatemap material (if included) and report material. Carry out triage review separately on each compo-nent. Return entire package to the author (ensure that it is loggedout) if either component fails triage review.

EDITING THE REPORT

j Make sure that all tables, figures and photos listed in the Contents are in the package.

j Assign series numbers and stock numbers to report and map.

j Virus-check the diskette and ensure that it is readable.

j Load report file(s) from the diskette and compare with hard-copy files to make sure that it is complete andthat both versions are the same. If there are any discrepancies, contact the author.

j Archive the diskette, ensuring that all archiving database information is printedclearly on the diskette label.

The next steps may be done either on screen or on a hard-copy printout of the electronic file.

j Check the reference citations in the text against the reference list. Query citations that appear in the text andnot the reference list, and vice versa.

j Check the spelling of all geographic names (towns, townships, rivers, lakes, etc.) in theGazetteer of Cana-da�Ontario.

j Check the spelling and capitalization of all geological units (lithodemes, formations, Quaternary features,etc.) in the OGS Lexicon.

j Check the spelling and capitalization of all mining or exploration company names in the CanadianMinesHandbook.

j Ensure that all figures, photos and tables arementioned in the text, and that they arementioned in thecorrectorder. If necessary, they can be renumbered.

j Code the text for typesetting, using copymarks (or WordPerfect Styles; see OGS Editorial Guide, FourthEdition, Appendix 8) for heading levels, non-alphanumeric characters, text enhancements, figure/table/photo placement, etc.

j Edit the text using the approvedOGS referencematerial:OGSEditorialGuide, FourthEdition; TheCana-dian Style; Webster�s Ninth New Collegiate Dictionary; and the American Geological Institute�sGlossaryof Geology.

j Check spelling, punctuation, grammar, organization and clarity of presentation.

j Indicate all changes to the text by redlining, or underlining, and all deletions from the text by strikeout.

j Cross-check report against map and query any inconsistencies.

j Any questions regarding the content or clarity of presentation should appear as queries to the author.

PLEASE REMEMBER THAT YOU ARE EDITING, NOT REWRITING. IF SOMETHING ISSPELLEDWRONG, OR THE GRAMMAR IS WRONG, CHANGE IT. IF THE PHRASING IS UN-CLEAR,QUERYTHEAUTHOR (IT ISAPPROPRIATETOPROVIDEASUGGESTEDIMPROVE-MENT). DON�T CHANGE THE TEXT JUST BECAUSE IT ISN�T WRITTEN THE WAY YOUWOULDWRITE IT!


j Read the report again, you might have missed something.

j Format the text in Times New Roman, and set the line spacing at 2.

j Return the edited report, along with the edited figures, tables and photos, and edited map and marginmaterial, to the author for his or her answers to your queries, missing references, etc. This allows the authorto see how you have changed themanuscript. If the author has an irreconcilable problemwith your editing,conferwith yourmanager. Set up ameeting, if possible, with the author.Changesmade toamanuscript tobring it into line with OGS style standards are non-negotiable. Other stylistic changes are up to thediscretion of the author; after all, it�s his orher report.Send an e-mail to the author confirming return ofthe edited manuscript with a c.c. to his or her supervisor on the day that it is returned for queries.

j Incorporate the author�s changes and answers to your queries. Remove all redlining, or underlining, andstrikeout, and set the line spacing to 1.

j Submit the report to the typesetter.

EDITING THE FIGURESj Ensure that the figure contents match the figure captions (i.e., make sure that the figures have not beenmis-

numbered).

j Edit the figures, make sure the following are present (if applicable):

j North arrow

j Latitude and longitude measurements, or UTM co-ordinates

j Scale bar (unless it is a location map, in which case a written proportional scale should appear in thecaption)

j Ensure that symbols, abbreviations, fill patterns and line types listed in the figure legends appear on thefigures, and vice versa.

j Check that information appearing on the figures matches information in the text. Query any discrepancies.

j Ensure that all text appearing on the figures is legible.

j Check spelling, punctuation and grammar in figure legends and figure captions.

j Check the spelling of any geographic names appearing on the figures or in the figure captions in theGazet-teer of Canada�Ontario.

j Check the spelling and capitalization of anymining or exploration company names appearingon the figuresor in the figure captions in the Canadian Mines Handbook.

j Check the spelling and capitalization of all geological units (lithodemes, formations, Quaternary features,etc.) that appear on the figures or in the figure captions in the OGS Lexicon.

j Check reference citations in figure captions against the reference list. Query citations that appear in thefigure captions and not the reference list, and vice versa.

j Return the edited figures, with the report, to the author so that he or she can answer any queries and approveany changes that have been made.

j Make the changes resulting fromquerying the author. Submit copies of the figures to thedrafter, fordraftingand sizing, or digital correction, showing the changes that need to be made.

j Check the drafter�s corrections andOK the figures for scanning; or, if they are digital files, OK their trans-mission to the typesetter. If they are paper or cronoflex figures, submit the clean, corrected copies to thetypesetter for scanning.

EDITING THE TABLESj Ensure that the table titles match the table contents (i.e., make sure that the tables have not been misnum-

bered).

j If the tables have footnotes, check that each footnote indicator (asterisk or number) has a correspondingfootnote. Query any discrepancies.


j Check that information appearing in the tablesmatches information in the text. Query any discrepancies. Itis the author�s responsibility to ensure that the data contained in the tables are correct (e.g., you donot have to check that the addition of numbers in a column equals the stated total).

j Check spelling, punctuation and grammar in tables, footnotes and tables titles.

j Check the spelling of any geographic names appearing in the tables, footnotes or table titles in theGazetteerof Canada�Ontario.

j Check the spelling and capitalization of anymining or exploration company names appearing in the tables,footnotes or in the table titles in the Canadian Mines Handbook.

j Check the spelling and capitalization of all geological units (lithodemes, formations, Quaternary features,etc.) that appear in the tables, footnotes or table titles in the OGS Lexicon.

j Check reference citations in the tables, footnotes or table titles against the reference list. Query any thatappear in the tables, footnotes or table titles and not the reference list, and vice versa.

j Submit the edited tables, with the report, to the author so that he or she can answer any queries and approveany changes that have been made.

j Make the changes resulting from querying the author, etc. Submit copies of the tables, with the report, tothe typesetter, showing the changes that need to be made.

EDITING THE PHOTOS

j Ensure that the photo captions match the photo contents (i.e., make sure that the photos have not beenmis-numbered).

j If any arrows or lettering are to appear on a photo, ensure that these are marked right on the photo surface.Ensure that the explanation of the arrow or lettering is present in the photo caption.

j If there is extraneousmaterial in the photos that does not relate to the photo captions, consider cropping thephotos. Tape the photos onto cards using tape loops on the backs of the photos andmark the crop lines on thecards. Do not mark the photos themselves, or put any tape on the photo surfaces, even at the edges.

j Submit the photos to the author (if you think cropping is necessary) so that he or she can approve the crop-ping.

j Submit the photos to the typesetter, alongwith the report, for sizing and scanning, showing the changes thatneed to be made and any crop marks approved by the author.

PROOFING THE FIRST-RUN TYPESET COPY

j Check that the necessary blank pages are present, so that the text falls on the correct left- or right-handedpages (see OGS Editorial Guide, Fourth Edition, Appendix 11). Blank pages have no page numbers orrunning heads printed on them.

j Check the running heads for accuracy, spelling and format (U/L case, Times, italic).

j Check that running heads have been dropped from pages containing level 1 headings (coded <11>).

j Check the heading levels for correctness (i.e., check that headings of subordinate parts of the text are at alower heading level than major parts of the text).

j Check that no text has been lost during conversion (i.e., all text is present).

j Check that the first paragraph after any heading is flush left, and subsequent paragraphs are indented.

j Check that all corrections indicated have been made.

j Check for typos.

j Check that accented characters and text enhancements are present.

j Check that all formulae and equations have been coded correctly.

*j Check for bad word-breaks (caused by hyphenation). Split words by syllables.


*j Check for strung out sentences caused by right justification. Indicate new line breaks to avoid this problem.

*j Check forwidows and orphans (the first line of a paragraph left on its own at the bottom of a page, or the lastline of a paragraph left on its own at the top of a page).

*j Check for white space between paragraphs; between headings and paragraphs; and around photos, figuresand tables. Ensure that the amount of white space is equal.

j If the figures and photos are not present in the copy, make sure that the typesetter has left spaces for them.Make sure that they are going to appear as close to their first mention in the text as possible, but not before.(Having the figure, photo or table appearing before the first mention if it is on the same page is permissible,but avoid it if possible.)

j Make sure that the figure and photo captions and the table titles are in the correct format, type face and typesize.

j Check table format.Mark any format changes for the typesetter. Ensure that the tables are in the correct typeface and type size.

*j Ensure that the top of any landscape-oriented figure or table is on the left side of the page.

*j Ensure that any two-page portrait-oriented tables, or full-page portrait-oriented figures with full-pagelegends, fall on facing pages, not on both sides of the same page.

REMEMBER, THIS ISNOTTHE STAGEOFTHEPROJECT TOBEDOINGAN IN-DEPTHEDIT.IFYOUSEEATYPO,CHANGE IT.ANYOTHERCHANGES STILLNEEDTOBEAPPROVEDBYTHE AUTHOR.

* The typesetter should catch the majority of these problems, but keep an eye out for them.

LAST CHECK OF FINAL PAGES

Things to Check on Final Figuresj When checking KP5s (final size), or digitally placed figures, make sure that you check the following:

j Ensure that the figure hasn�t been reduced too much.

j Ensure that you can read all type appearing on the figure.

j Ensure that all patterns are clear and visible.

j Ensure that all line work is clear and visible.

Things to Check on Covers and Spinej Make sure the volume number is the same on the front cover and spine.

j Make sure the ISSN and/or ISBN are present on the back cover and that they match the numbers on thecopyright page.

j Make sure that the stock number is on the back cover, above the ISSN and ISBN.

j Ensure that the title on the front cover and on the spine are the correct type face and type size (see OGSEditorial Guide, Fourth Edition, Appendix 11). Ensure that the title on the spine reads from left to rightwhen the book is on its back.

j Ensure that the spine type is aligned properly with the front cover type and logo.


Things to Check on Title Page and Contents Pagesj Ensure that the title page reproduces the front cover with the addition of the author(s)� names.

j If the report was funded under an add-on project, ensure that the approved logo and funding statementappear on the title page (at the bottom).

j Ensure that the page numbers in the Contents are correct.

Things to Check on Copyright Pagej Check that the CCIP information is present (if applicable). Ensure that the author�s birth date has been

removed.

j Ensure that the ISSN and/or ISBN are present and that they match the numbers on the back cover.

j Ensure that the correct addresses for MMIC and Publication Sales are on the page.

j Ensure that the reference example is in the correct format (see OGS Editorial Guide, Fourth Edition).

j Package corrected pages and printing instructions along with cover letter and ship to printer.

CHECKING THE VANDYKESj Check that all pages, including necessary blank pages, are present.

j Check that all page numbers and running heads are present. Blank pages and title pages have no page num-bers or running heads printed on them.

j Check that the covers, title page and copyright page are OK.

j Check that all figures are present, are in the correct place in the text and are oriented correctly; all partsshould be in focus and complete�no fuzzy, thickened or thinned lines, letters or symbols.

j Check that all photos are present, are in the correct place in the text, are in focus and are in the correct orien-tation.

j Check that all figures and photos (if not digitally placed on the page) are mounted square to the page.

j Check that the placement of figures and photos (if not digitally placed on the page) in the text has not ob-scured page numbers or running heads.

j Check that all parts of the text are of equal density with no thickened, filled, thinned or broken letters,numbers or symbols.

j Check for spots, flecks, smudges, pinholes or extra lines. Mark these for removal.

j Check that the pages are ruled and that everything is within ruled area.

j Check with project manager if report is to be saddle stitched or perfect bound.

j Package corrected pages and printing instructions along with cover letter and ship back to printer.

EDITING THE MAPj Check the rock codes on the map face against the legend. Query any that appear on the map face and not in

the legend, and vice versa.

j Check the symbols on the map face against the symbols list. Query any that appear on the map face and noton the symbols list, and vice versa.

j Check the abbreviations on the map face against the abbreviations list. Query any that appear on the mapface and not on the abbreviations list, and vice versa.

j Check the properties on the map face against the properties list. Query any that appear on themap face andnot on the properties list, and vice versa.

j Check all geological boundaries on the map face. The best way to accomplish this is to colour a white-print copy or black-and-white plot of the map. Ensure that all polygons are closed.


j Check for rock codes from one unit appearing in polygons of another unit (e.g., an outcrop of rock type 5aappearing in an area of rock type 2). Query these to determine whether the code is incorrect, or whether ageological boundary is missing.

j Delete geological boundaries where drawn through bodies of water.

j Ensure that geological boundaries are the appropriate line style specified in the standard legend (dashedwhere assumed, and solid where observed, i.e., only observed contacts on outcrops).

j Check all symbols requiring dip or plungemeasurements onmap face. Query any that lack the dip or plungenumber.

j Check that the placement of symbols makes geological sense. For example, if there is an anticline in onepart of the map, check bedding symbols, etc., to see if they reflect the same orientation. Watch for mis-placed symbols (e.g., pillows in sedimentary units).

j Mark for removal all airphoto circles, and limit of mapping symbols and text.

j Query anything that isn�t clear or doesn�t make sense.

j Check the legend, symbols list, abbreviations list, properties list, sources of information, credits and titleblock for spelling and grammar.

j If the map was funded under an add-on program, ensure that the approved logo and funding statement ap-pear in the title block.

j Ensure that disclaimer statement is present.

j Ensure that the year of publication is correct, and that it is the same in the three placeswhere it appears on themap (the Queen�s Printer statement, the issue date statement, and in the reference example).

j Split the margin material into the requisite files for cartography. Code the title block, legend, and all othermargin information using DEC codes. The format is laid out in theOGS Editorial Guide, Fourth Edition,Appendix 9.

j Avoid the use of �unsubdivided� in the legend if it appears with a number only:

5 Mafic Intrusive Rocks5 Unsubdivided5a Diabase5b Lamprophyre

remove the �unsubdivided�:

5 Mafic Intrusive Rocks5a Diabase5b Lamprophyre

If �unsubdivided� has a rock code consisting of a number and a letter, you have to leave it in:

5 Mafic Intrusive Rocks5a Unsubdivided5b Diabase5c Lamprophyre

j If the legend has footnotes, check that each footnote call letter (e.g., LEGENDa) in the legend has a corre-sponding footnote, and vice versa. Ensure that the call letters appear in the legend in alphabetical order. Thefootnotes may have to be relettered to appear in the correct order.

j If the copy of the legend has come from a Preliminary Map, ensure that you remove any footnotes statingthe preliminary nature of themap legend, such as �This is basically a field legend andmay change as a resultof subsequent laboratory investigations.�

j Submit edited map face and margin material, with the report, to the author for his or her answers to yourqueries.


j Incorporate the author�s changes and answers in the margin material.

j Submit the margin material files to the cartographer.

j Submit a photocopied location map, with map boundaries indicated, to the cartographer. If the map is partof a set (e.g., west half, east half) also mark boundaries of companion map(s), along with stock number formap.

j On a clean whiteprint or black-and-white plot, indicate all the corrections needed on the map face and sub-mit it to the cartographer, along with the cronoflex map layers or electronic map files.

CHECKING COLOUR PROOF

j Check that the corrections indicated have been made.

j Check layout of legend material and ensure that location map is correct.

j Check that the scale bar is correct.

j Check the colour registration.

j Check that UTM co-ordinates and latitude and longitude measurements are present on the map face.

j Check that the rock-unit colours are appropriate to the rock type (seeOGSEditorialGuide, FourthEdition,Appendix 10).

j Check that the colour in each legend boxmatches the colour in the rock-unit polygons of the same number.

j Check that the outcrop colours match the rock-unit colours (i.e. the correct outcrop colour is used in therock-unit polygon).

j Check that the legend boxes contain both the rock-unit colour and the outcrop colour.

j Check that the colour of the symbols on themap facematches the colour of the symbols in the symbols list.

j Check that the location map has the correct scale written below it.

j Check that themap area is outlined in black and filledwithmagenta on the locationmap. If space allows, themap number appears on the magenta map area also.

j If the map is part of a set (e.g., west half, east half) the map area of the companionmap is outlined in black,and if space allows, its map number appears on the outlined map area.

j Check that the stock number is present, is correct, and that it will be visiblewhen themap is folded (i.e., nearthe title block).

j Check for any white areas (other than water) on the map face. Unmapped areas are white with appropriatetext.

j Check the text and line work on the map face for thickened and filled letters, symbols, etc., and thinned orbroken lines, letters, etc.

j Check that any rock-unit names present on the map (e.g., pluton names) actually appear on the correct rockunit.

j OK the map for printing.


Appendix 7: Editing Checklist for Print-On-DemandReports and Coloured Maps

LOGGING IN THE REPORT AND MAPj Check package against the transmittal notice to make sure that it is complete, if not, contact the author. If

necessary, return package to the author (ensure that it is logged out). Give project to the editor.

j Separatemap material (if included) and report material. Carry out triage review separately on each compo-nent. Return entire package to the author (ensure that it is logged out) if either component fails triagereview.

EDITING THE REPORTj Make sure that all tables, figures and photos listed in the Contents are in the package.

j Assign series numbers to report and map.

j Virus-check the diskette and ensure that it is readable.

j Archive the diskette, ensuring that all archiving database information is printedclearly on the diskette label.

The next steps may be done either on screen, or on a hard-copy printout of the electronic file.

j Ensure that all figures, photos and tables arementioned in the text, and that they arementioned in thecorrectorder. If necessary, they can be renumbered.

j Code the text for typesetting, using copymarks (or WordPerfect Styles; see OGS Editorial Guide, FourthEdition, Appendix 8) for heading levels, non-alphanumeric characters, text enhancements, figure/table/photo placement, etc.

j Edit the text using the approvedOGS referencematerial:OGSEditorial Guide, Fourth Edition; TheCana-dian Style; Webster�s Ninth New Collegiate Dictionary; and the American Geological Institute�sGlossaryof Geology.

j Check spelling, punctuation, grammar, organization and clarity of presentation.

j Indicate all changes to the text by redlining, or underlining, and all deletions from the text by strikeout.

j Cross-check report against map and query any inconsistencies.

j Any questions regarding the content or clarity of presentation should appear as queries to the author.

PLEASE REMEMBER THAT YOU ARE EDITING, NOT REWRITING. IF SOMETHINGIS SPELLED WRONG, OR THE GRAMMAR IS WRONG, CHANGE IT. IF THE PHRASINGIS UNCLEAR, QUERY THE AUTHOR (IT IS APPROPRIATE TO PROVIDE A SUGGESTED IM-PROVEMENT). DON�T CHANGE THE TEXT JUST BECAUSE IT ISN�T WRITTEN THE WAYYOUWOULDWRITE IT!

j Format the text in Times New Roman, and set the line spacing at 2.

j Return the edited report, along with the edited figures, tables and photos, and edited map and marginmaterial, to the author for his or her answers to your queries, etc. This allows the author to see how you havechanged the manuscript. If the author has an irreconcilable problem with your editing, confer with yourmanager. Set up a meeting, if possible, with the author. Changes made to a manuscript to bring it intoline with OGS style standards are non-negotiable. Other stylistic changes are up to the discretion ofthe author; after all, it�s his or her report. Send an e-mail to the author confirming return of the editedmanuscript with a c.c. to his or her supervisor on the day that it is returned for queries.

j Incorporate the author�s changes and answers to your queries. Remove all redlining, or underlining, andstrikeout, and set the line spacing to 1.

j Submit the report to the typesetter.


EDITING THE FIGURESj Ensure that the figure contents match the figure captions (i.e., make sure that the figures have not beenmis-

numbered).

j Edit the figures, make sure the following are present (if applicable):

j North arrow

j Latitude and longitude measurements, or UTM co-ordinates

j Scale bar (unless it is a location map, in which case a written proportional scale should appear in thecaption)

j Ensure that symbols, abbreviations, fill patterns and line types listed in the figure legends appear on thefigures, and vice versa.

j Check that information appearing on the figures matches information in the text. Query any discrepancies.

j Ensure that all text appearing on the figures is legible.

j Check spelling, punctuation and grammar in figure legends and figure captions.

j Return the edited figures to the author, with the report, so that he or she can answer any queries and approveany changes that have been made.

j Make the changes resulting fromquerying the author. Submit copies of the figures to thedrafter, fordraftingand sizing, or digital correction, showing the changes that need to be made.

j Check the drafter�s corrections and OK the figures for scanning; or, if they are digital files, OK their trans-mission to the typesetter. If they are paper or cronoflex figures, submit the clean, corrected copies to thetypesetter for scanning.

EDITING THE TABLESj Ensure that the table titles match the table contents (i.e., make sure that the tables have not been misnum-

bered).

j If the tables have footnotes, check that each footnote indicator (asterisk or number) has a correspondingfootnote. Query any discrepancies.

j Check that information appearing in the tablesmatches information in the text. Query any discrepancies. Itis the author�s responsibility to ensure that the data contained in the tables are correct (e.g., you donot have to check that the addition of numbers in a column equals the stated total).

j Check spelling, punctuation and grammar in tables, footnotes and table titles.

j Submit the edited tables to the author, with the report, so that he or she can answer any queries and approveany changes that have been made.

j Make the changes resulting from querying the author. Submit a copies of the tables, with the report, to thetypesetter, showing the changes that need to be made.

EDITING THE PHOTOSj Ensure that the photo captions match the photo contents (i.e., make sure that the photos have not beenmis-

numbered).

j If any arrows, or lettering are to appear on a photo, ensure that these are marked right on the photo surface.Ensure that the explanation of the arrow or lettering is present in the photo caption.

j Submit the photos to the typesetter, along with the report, for sizing and scanning.

PROOFING THE FIRST-RUN TYPESET COPYj Check that the necessary blank pages are present, so that the text falls on the correct left- or right-handed

pages (see OGS Editorial Guide, Fourth Edition, Appendix 11). Blank pages and title pages have no pagenumbers or running heads printed on them.


j Check the running heads for accuracy, spelling and format (U/L case, Times, italic).

j Check that running heads have been dropped from pages containing level 1 headings (coded <11>).

j Check the heading levels for correctness (i.e., check that headings of subordinate parts of the text are at alower heading level than major parts of the text).

j Check that no text has been lost during conversion (i.e., all text is present).

j Check that the first paragraph after any heading is flush left, and subsequent paragraphs are indented.

j Check that all corrections indicated have been made.

j Check for typos.

j Check that accented characters and text enhancements are present.

j Check that all formulae and equations have been coded correctly.

*j Check for bad word-breaks (caused by hyphenation). Split words by syllables.

*j Check for strung out sentences caused by right justification. Indicate new line breaks to avoid this problem.

*j Check forwidows and orphans (the first line of a paragraph left on its own at the bottom of a page, or the lastline of a paragraph left on its own at the top of a page).

*j Check for white space between paragraphs; between headings and paragraphs; and around photos, figuresand tables. Ensure that the amount of white space is equal.

j If the figures and photos are not present in the copy, make sure that the typesetter has left spaces for them.Make sure that they are going to appear as close to their first mention in the text as possible, but not before.(Having the figure, photo or table appearing before the first mention if it is on the same page is permissible,but avoid it if possible.)

j Make sure that the figure and photo captions and the table titles are in the correct format, type face and typesize.

j Check table format.Mark any format changes for the typesetter. Ensure that the tables are in the correct typeface and type size.

*j Ensure that the top of any landscape-oriented figure or table is on the left side of the page.

*j Ensure that any two-page portrait-oriented tables, or full-page portrait-oriented figures with full-page leg-ends, fall on facing pages, not on both sides of the same page.

REMEMBER, THIS ISNOTTHE STAGEOFTHEPROJECT TOBEDOINGAN IN-DEPTHEDIT.IFYOUSEEATYPO,CHANGE IT.ANYOTHERCHANGES STILLNEEDTOBEAPPROVEDBYTHE AUTHOR.

* The typesetter should catch the majority of these problems, but keep an eye out for them.

LAST CHECK OF FINAL PAGES

Things to Check on Final Figuresj When checking the digitally placed figures on the final pages, make sure that you check the following:

j Ensure that the figure hasn�t been reduced too much.

j Ensure that you can read all type appearing on the figure.

j Ensure that all patterns are clear and visible.

j Ensure that all line work is clear and visible.


Things to Check on Coversj Make sure the ISSN and/or ISBN are present on the back cover and that they match the numbers on the

copyright page.

j Ensure that the title on the front cover is in the correct type face and type size (see OGS Editorial Guide,Fourth Edition, Appendix 11).

Things to Check on Title Page and Contents Pagesj Ensure that the title page reproduces the front cover with the addition of the author(s)� names.

j If the report was funded under an add-on project, ensure that the approved logo and funding statementappear on the title page (at the bottom).

j Ensure that the page numbers in the Contents are correct.

Things to Check on Copyright Pagej Check that the CCIP information is present (if applicable). Ensure that the author�s birth date has been

removed.

j Ensure that the ISSN and/or ISBN are present and that they match the numbers on the back cover.

j Ensure that the correct addresses for MMIC and Publication Sales are on the page.

j Ensure that the reference example is in the correct format (see OGS Editorial Guide, Fourth Edition).

j Have the typesetter make any final changes needed to the electronic report file.

j Let Publication Sales staff know that the electronic report file is ready for transmitting to the Docutechsystem.

EDITING THE MAP

j Check the properties on the map face against the properties list. Query any that appear on themap face andnot on the properties list, and vice versa.

j Check all geological boundaries on the map face. The best way to accomplish this is to colour a white-print copy or black-and-white plot of the map. Ensure that all polygons are closed.

j Check for rock codes from one unit appearing in polygons of another unit (e.g., an outcrop of rock type 5aappearing in an area of rock type 2). Query these to determine whether the code is incorrect, or whether ageological boundary is missing.

j Delete geological boundaries where drawn through bodies of water.

j Query anything that isn�t clear or doesn�t make sense.

j Check the legend, symbols list, abbreviations list, properties list, sources of information, credits and titleblock for spelling and grammar.

j If the map was funded under an add-on program, ensure that the approved logo and funding statementappear in the title block.

j Ensure that disclaimer statement is present.

j Ensure that the year of publication is correct, and that it is the same in the three placeswhere it appears on themap (the Queen�s Printer statement, the issue date statement, and in the reference example).

j Split the margin material into the requisite files for cartography. Code the title block, legend, and all othermargin information using DEC codes. The format is laid out in theOGS Editorial Guide, Fourth Edition,Appendix 9.

j Avoid the use of �unsubdivided� in the legend if it appears with a number only:


5 Mafic Intrusive Rocks5 Unsubdivided5a Diabase5b Lamprophyre

remove the �unsubdivided�:

5 Mafic Intrusive Rocks5a Diabase5b Lamprophyre

If �unsubdivided� has a rock code consisting of a number and a letter, you have to leave it in:

5 Mafic Intrusive Rocks5a Unsubdivided5b Diabase5c Lamprophyre

j If the legend has footnotes, check that each footnote call letter (e.g., LEGENDa) in the legend has a corre-sponding footnote, and vice versa. Ensure that the call letters appear in the legend in alphabetical order. Thefootnotes may have to be relettered to appear in the correct order.

j If the copy of the legend has come from a Preliminary Map, ensure that you remove any footnotes statingthe preliminary nature of themap legend, such as �This is basically a field legend andmay change as a resultof subsequent laboratory investigations.�

j Submit edited map face and margin material, with the report, to the author for his or her answers to yourqueries.

j Incorporate the author�s changes and answers in the margin material.

j Submit the margin material files to the cartographer.

j Submit a photocopied location map, with map boundaries indicated, to the cartographer. If the map is partof a set (e.g., west half, east half) also mark boundaries of companion map(s).

j On a clean whiteprint or black-and-white plot, indicate all the corrections needed on the map face and sub-mit it to the cartographer, along with the cronoflex map layers or electronic map files.

CHECKING COLOUR PROOFj Check that the corrections indicated have been made.

j Check layout of legend material and ensure that location map is correct.

j Check that the scale bar is correct.

j Check the colour registration.

j Check that UTM co-ordinates and latitude and longitude measurements are present on the map face.

j Check that the rock-unit colours are appropriate to the rock type (seeOGSEditorialGuide, FourthEdition,Appendix 10).

j Check that the colour in each legend boxmatches the colour in the rock-unit polygons of the same number.

j Check that the outcrop colours match the rock-unit colours (i.e., the correct outcrop colour is used in therock-unit polygon).

j Check that the legend boxes contain both the rock-unit colour and the outcrop colour.

j Check that the colour of symbols on the map face match the colour of the symbols in the symbols list.

j Check that the location map has the correct scale written below it.

j Check that themap area is outlined in black and filledwithmagenta on the locationmap. If space allows, themap number appears on the magenta map area also.


j If the map is part of a set (e.g., west half, east half) the map area of the companionmap is outlined in black,and if space allows, its map number appears on the outlined map area.

j Check for any white areas (other than water) on the map face. Unmapped areas are white with appropriatetext.

j Check the text and line work on the map face for thickened and filled letters, symbols, etc., and thinned orbroken lines, letters, etc.

j Check that any rock-unit names present on the map (e.g., pluton names) actually appear on the correct rockunit.

j OK the map for plotting.


Appendix 8: Copymarks for OGS Reports

Interleaf will now accept many WordPerfect feature codes; however, some features, listed below, must still be codedusing copymarks.

SYMBOLS AND ACCENTS

SYMBOLS

ASCII WORDPERF. DESCRIPTION

� � Ctrl--2 4,30 Opening double quotation mark

� � Ctrl--2 4,7 Opening single quotation mark

<3EM> Ctrl--2 m-- �� 3--em dashrepeat command2 more times

<EM> Ctrl--2 m-- � Em dash

<EN> Ctrl--2 n-- � En dash

<GT> > � Greater than

<LS> < < Less than

ACCENTS

ASCII WORDPERF. DESCRIPTION

Ctrl--2 /o ø(slash + small �oh�)

Ctrl--2 1,80 Ø

Ctrl--2 ae æ

Ctrl--2 AE Æ

Ctrl--2 OE �

Ctrl--2 oe �

Other Character Combinations<SP> Home, spacebar Non-break blank, e.g. after initials

in a name.

<TSP> none Thin space

<HR> Press return Hard return (force a line break)

2 x <HR> Paragraph ending

NOTES1. Use upper-case letters for copymarks, e.g. <1A> not <1a>.

2. Greater than and less than symbols will still be used as delimiters for copymarks.

3. Thin spaces need to be coded as <TSP>.

4. All hyphens will be converted to short hyphens unless coded as en or em dashes.

5. Do not use enhancements (i.e., italics and bold) within titles or headings; the copymarks will take care of this.

6. When you use more than one enhancement, turn them on at the same time and off at the same time.

7. The function of hard return [HRt] in WordPerfect forces a line break. In order to have a blank line (i.e., toseparate paragraphs) use two hard returns.

DO NOT USE THESE WORDPERFECT FEATURESGraphics

Captions (through graphics)

Footnootes or endnotes

THESE WORDPERFECT FEATURES WILL BE IGNOREDFont size (fine, small, very large, extra large)


Copymarks for Reports (Interleaf 5 and 6)

RUNNING HEADSPlease do not put any copymarks or hard returns within the headerstring.

<LH1> Header on left-hand pages

<RH1> Header on right-hand pages

HALF TITLE/SECTION TITLE(COMPENDIA)<10> Title. Type U/L case. 24 pt. Helv. Bold

<10B> Subtitle. 18 pt. Helv. Bold

<10A> Horizontal rule under title

<10C> Author. 10 pt. Helv. Bold

<10D> Affiliation/approval info. 10 pt. Helv. Regular

CHAPTER/PAPER TITLE<11> 1st level heading. Running heads are turned off and a

new page is forced. Type U/L. 18 pt. Helv. Bold

<11E> Horizontal rule across width of page

<11C> Use for author�s name. Type U/L. 10 pt. Helv. Bold

<11D> Use for author�s affiliation. Type U/L. 8 pt. Helv. Regular

SUBHEADINGS<12A> 2nd level heading. Type all caps, 14 pt. Helv. Bold

<12B> 3rd level heading. Type U/L, 14 pt. Helv. Bold

<13A> 4th level heading. Type all caps, 12 pt. Helv. Bold

<13B> 5th level heading. Type U/L, 12 pt. Helv. Bold



<15A> 8th level heading. Type U/L, 10 pt. Helv. Regular

<15B> 9th level heading, run in. Type U/L, 10 pt. Times ItalicFollow by <E1>, precede by paragraph code, e.g.,<1><15B>Heading.<E1>Text of paragraph ...

TEXT PARAGRAPHS<1> No indent. 10 pt. Times Regular

<1A> Use for numbered lists. Hanging indent of 18 pts.Usage: <1A>1.<T>Text ... 10 pt. Times Regular

<1B> Same as <1A> with 36 pt. indent. Usage as for <1A>10 pt. Times Regular

<2> 18 pt. indent on first line. 10 pt. Times Regular

<3> 8 pt. Times Regular, left and right indent of 10 pts. Usefor quotations.

<4> Hanging indent of 18 pts., 8 pt. Times Reg. Use for refer-ences.

TABLE OF LITHOLOGIC UNITS<20> 1st level TIME unit, type all caps, 11 pt. Times Bold

<21> 2nd level TIME unit, type all caps, 10 pt. Times Bold

<22> 3rd level TIME unit, type all caps, 9 pt. Times Bold

<23> 4th level TIME unit, type all caps, 8 pt. Times Bold


<30> Description of map unit, 8 pt. Helv. Regular

<31> Description of subdivision of map unit, 8 pt. Helv. Regu-lar

<33> Notes at end of table, with bold superscript. Usage:<33><UBD>a<EBD><T>This is ... 8 pt. Helv. Italic

<40> Centred text for stratigraphic relationship, type all caps, 6pt. Helv. Italic

<41> 1st level LITHOLOGIC unit (e.g. Supergroup, Domain,Structural Complex), type all caps, 8 pt. Helv. Bold

<42> 2nd level LITHOLOGIC unit (e.g. Group, Suite, generalrock type category), type U/L, 8 pt. Helv. Bold

<43> 3rd level LITHOLOGIC unit (e.g. Member, specificPluton within an intrusive complex), type U/L, 8 pt.Helv. Bold

CAPTIONSInsert captions at end of file.

<FCAP> Use for figure captions. Insert <LT> after figure number.8 pt. Times

<PCAP> Use for photo captions. Insert <LT> after photo number.8 pt. Times

TABLESInsert tables in separate files.

For column separators, use <T> or ! or tab key

<T1> Table title. Insert <LT> after table number. 8 pt. Times

<T0> Full-width rule

<T2> Column heads. 8 pt. Times Bold

<T3> Table body, 8 pt. Times Regular

<T4> Table footnotes, 8 pt. Times Italic

<T> Tab character

FOOTNOTESInsert footnotes at end of file.

<FNOTE> For text of footnote, 8 pt. Italic

POSITION OF FIGURES, TABLES, ETC.<FIG> To mark position of figure in text

<PHOTO> To mark position of photo in text

<TBL> To mark position of table in text

<FN> To mark position of footnote in text

<EQN> To mark position of equation in text

<GEX> To mark position of graphic expression in text

AUTONUMBERSUse these only with �Summary of Field Work� or other multiauthorpublications.

<Paper = 24> Sets auto paper number to 24. Follows <11>.

<PN> To insert paper number in front of figure/photo/tablenumber. e.g., <FCAP>Figure <PN>3. <LT>Text of cap-tion ... gives Figure 24.3. Text of caption ...


Markup of OGS Reports Using Wordperfect 6

WORDPERFECT STYLESUse WordPerfect styles for all headings, subheadings, titles, text paragraphs, and captions as listed below. To use a style, position the cursor any-where in the paragraph. From the Menu Bar, pick Layout/Style and double click on the appropriate style name. Alternatively, use the Styles buttonon the Button Bar.

Half Title/Section Title (Compendia)<10> SectionTitle. Type U/L case. 24 pt. Helv. Bold<10B> Subtitle. 18 pt. Helv. Bold<10A> Horizontal rule under title (included in style)

<10C> Author�s name. 10 pt. Helv. Bold

<10D> Author�s Affiliation/approval info. 10 pt. Helv. Regular

Chapter or Paper Title<11> 1st level heading or title of paper. Running heads are

turned off and a new page is forced. Type U/L. 18 pt.Helv. Bold

<11E> Horizontal rule across width of page (included in style)<11C> Use for author�s name. Type U/L. 10 pt. Helv. Bold<11D> Use for author�s affiliation. Type U/L. 8 pt. Helv. Regular

Subheadings<12A> 2nd level heading. Type all caps, 14 pt. Helv. Bold

<12B> 3rd level heading. Type U/L, 14 pt. Helv. Bold





<15A> 8th level heading. Type U/L, 10 pt. Helv. Regular

<15B> 9th level heading, run in. Type U/L, 10 pt. Times Italic.Enter a return at the end of the heading to revert to bodytype.

Text Paragraphs<1> Body paragraph, no indent. 10 pt. Times Regular

<1A> Use for numbered lists. Hanging indent of 18 pts.10 pt. Times Regular. Enter a tab after the number.

<1B> Item list. Hanging indent of 36 pts. 10 pt. Times RegularEnter a tab after the number/word.

<2> Body paragraph. 18 pt. indent on first line. 10 pt. TimesRegular

<3> Quotation, block indent of 10 pts. 8 pt. Times Regular

<4> Reference list, hanging indent of 18 pts., 8 pt. Times Reg-ular

Table of Lithologic Units<20> 1st level TIME unit, type all caps, 11 pt. Times Bold

<21> 2nd level TIME unit, type all caps, 10 pt. Times Bold

<22> 3rd level TIME unit, type all caps, 9 pt. Times Bold



<30> Description of map unit, 8 pt. Helv. Regular

<31> Description of subdivision of map unit, 8 pt. Helv. Regu-lar

<33> Notes at end of table, with bold superscript. Usage:<33><UBD>a<EBD><T>This is ... 8 pt. Helv. Italic

<40> Centred text for stratigraphic relationship, type all caps, 6pt. Helv. Italic

<41> 1st level LITHOLOGIC unit (e.g. Supergroup, Domain,Structural Complex), type all caps, 8 pt. Helv. Bold

<42> 2nd level LITHOLOGIC unit (e.g. Group, Suite, generalrock type category), type U/L, 8 pt. Helv. Bold

<43> 3rd level LITHOLOGIC unit (e.g. Member, specificPluton within an intrusive complex), type U/L, 8 pt.Helv. Bold

Captions

Insert captions as a separate file.

<FCAP> Use for figure captions. Insert <LT> after figure number.8 pt. TimesUse the copymark codes, do not use WP styles.

<PCAP> Use for photo captions. Insert <LT> after photo number.8 pt. Times.Use the copymark codes, do not use WP styles.


WORDPERFECT TABLES (�CELL� TABLES)Place tables in separate files. �Cell� tables can be used for all tables except the table of lithologic units. To create a table, select Table/Create fromthe Menu Bar, or the table icon from the Power Bar. Do not use styles within tables. The WordPerfect-to-Interleaf filter will insert styles automati-cally. Currently, the filter can handle tables up to 10 columns wide. Tables can be inserted in the text or appended to the end of the text. Do not putthem in WordPerfect Graphic Boxes.

The following codes are used by the typesetter when the table is too long to fit landscaped 8.5 x 11 inches, leaving one-inch margins all around.For column separators, use <T> or ! or tab key

<T1> Table title. Insert <LT> after table number. 8 pt. Times

<T0> Full width rule

<T2> Column heads. 8 pt. Times Bold

<T3> Table body, 8 pt. Times Regular

<T4> Table footnotes, 8 pt. Times Italic

<T> or ! Tab character

WORDPERFECT FOOTNOTESInsert footnotes at end of file. Use the WordPerfect footnote feature to insert footnotes in position. To create a footnote, select Insert/Footnote/Create from the Menu Bar. The WordPerfect-to-Interleaf filter will insert the footnote in position in the Interleaf document. Do not use styles insidefootnotes.

WORDPERFECT CHARACTERS

Thin Spaces

To create a thin space, position the cursor where the space is to be inserted and select Layout/Typesetting/Advance or Layout/Typesetting/ManualKerning from the Menu Bar. Enter 0.01� for the horizontal advance.

Symbols and Accents

To create symbols, select Insert/Character from the Menu Bar or type Ctrl+w. Select the appropriate character set and character. For a three-emdash in references, insert an em dash three times.

Italics, Bolding, Superscript, etc.

To use these, select the text and pick the appropriate button on the default WordPerfect Power Bar. For superscripts or subscripts, select Layout/Font/Position from the Menu Bar.

ASCII COPYMARKSCopymarks are still needed for the following features.

Running Heads

<LH1> Header on left-hand pages

<RH1> Header on right-hand pages

Position of Figures, Tables, Photos<FIG> To mark position of figure in text

<PHOTO> To mark position of photo in text

<TBL> To mark position of table in text

<EQN> To mark position of equation in text

<GEX> To mark position of graphic expression in text

Note: footnotes are not included here.

Autonumbers

Use these only with Summary of Field Work or other multiauthor publications.

<Paper = nn> where nn is the paper number. Follows <11>.<PN> To insert paper number in front of figure/photo/table number. e.g., <FCAP>Figure <PN>3. <LT>Text of caption ... gives

Figure 24.3. Text of caption ...

OGS Editorial Guide80

Appendix 9: Formatting Map Legends Using DECCodes

The following instructions are for formatting map legends for submission to cartography. Instructions for content etc.,are found in Appendix 10.

These instructions are for formatting only, it is assumed that if the legend is to be edited, then it has already been done.1. Go into the file and make all the lines flush left.2. Insert blank lines where you want them to be on the finished map, e.g., between the title �LEGEND� and the start of

the legend. Insert �scale bar�, �location map�, and, if necessary, �funding statement� in the appropriate places.3. If the file has come from a word processor other than WordPerfect, and has hard returns at the end of each line, re-

move them where they are not needed (in multiline legend entries, soft returns are to be used).4. If spaces separate the rock codes from the descriptions:

3b[space][space]mudstone

replace spaces with a tab:3b[tab]mudstone

5. For major rock codes (number that will appear in the legend box) put number on the line above the line containingthe rock description. Put a tab before the rock codes, and before the major rock type description.

7[tab]Mafic Intrusive Rocks[tab]7a[tab]Diabase[tab]7b[tab]Ophitic diabase

[tab]7c[tab]Olivine diabase6. Replace any non-ASCII characters with the proper DEC character (from the following list)

LEGENDa becomes LEGEND\127

If there is a character in your file that does not have a DEC equivalent, print out a copy of the file and mark thecharacter with highlighter. Give the printout to the cartographer with the map files.

7. Separate the marginal material into 3 files:a. containing the title block, sources of information, credits and acknowledgments (if present)b. containing the legend and any legend footnotesc. containing the symbols list, the abbreviations list and the properties list (if present)

8. For files a and b, go to the beginning of the file, set the font at Arial, 9 point. For both 1:20 000 and 1:50 000 scalemaps, set the left margin at 1 inch and the right margin at 3.55 inches.

9. For the last file, c, set the font to Times New Roman, 10 point. Set left and right margins to 1 inch.10. After themargins have been reset, check the legend formultiline entries. Add tabs to create the hanging indent. Also

add tabs to create the hanging indent in the reference entry.5

[tab]Feldspathic Metasedimentary Rocks[tab]5a[tab]Feldspathic siltstone[tab]5b[tab]Feldspathic arenite[tab]5c[tab]Gneissic feldspathic metasedimentary rocks (arenite?), amphibole-rich layers,

[tab][tab]sericite and biotite schist11. Check the right-handmargin of the file carefully for badword-breaks and hanging indents. The file will be imported

as is, so if you don�t like how something looks, i.e., if a word should be on the line above, fix it now.12. Save the 3 files as ASCII [DOS] Text. Open the file in an ASCII editor (Notepad, in the Windows 3.1 Accessories

work group) and check the hanging indents.13. Copy the files to the shared network drive, and let the cartographer know what subdirectory they are in.14. Give the printout (if one was needed) to the cartographer.


EXAMPLE OF DEC CODED FILESThe following example shows how the three files should look after step 12, when you view the ASCII files.

File a.Ontario Geological Survey

MAP 2640

PRECAMBRIAN GEOLOGY

BELFORD TOWNSHIP

NTS Reference: 42 B/9

\205Queen�s Printer for Ontario, 1996.

This map is published with the permission of the SeniorManager, Ontario Geological Survey, Precambrian GeoscienceSection.

SOURCES OF INFORMATION

Digital basemap derived frommaps 20 17 3900 53800, 20 174000 53800, 20 17 3900 53900 and 20 17 4000 53900 of theOntario Basic Mapping Program, Surveys, Mapping andRemote Sensing Branch, Ontario Ministry of NaturalResources, scale 1:20 000.

Files of the Resident Geologist�s office, Timmins, and files ofthe Assessment Files Research Office, Ontario GeologicalSurvey, Toronto.

Magnetic declination approximately 9\207W in 1994.

Geology not tied to surveyed lines.

CREDITS

Geology by A.D. MacTavish, I.G. Henderson and assistants,1994.

AutoCAD drafting by A.D. MacTavish and I.G. Henderson.

Edit by Nighthawk Editing.

Cartographic production by A. Evers.

Every possible effort has beenmade to ensure the accuracy ofthe information presented on this map; however, the OntarioMinistry of Northern Development and Mines does notassume any liability for errors that may occur. Users maywish to verify critical information.

Issued 1996.

Information from this publication may be quoted if credit isgiven. It is recommended that reference to this map be madein the following form:

MacTavish, A.D. and Henderson, I.G. 1996. Precambriangeology, Belford Township; Ontario Geological Survey,Map 2640, scale 1:20 000.


File b.LEGEND\127\128\129\130\131

PHANEROZOIC

CENOZOIC

QUATERNARY

Pleistocene and Recent

Peat, lake and stream deposits

UNCONFORMITY

PRECAMBRIAN

PROTEROZOIC

PALEOPROTEROZOIC TO NEOARCHEAN

9Mafic Intrusive Rocks (Dikes)9a Quartz diabase (Matachewan swarm)9b Olivine diabase (possibly Abitibi swarm)9d Mafic lamprophyre \213 ocellae (possibly

monchiquite)

INTRUSIVE CONTACT

NEOARCHEAN

8Kapuskasing Structural Zone8a Granodiorite8b Granite8c Plagioclase-quartz granulite (\213 garnet \213

clinopyroxene \213 biotite \213 amphibole)8d Plagioclase-quartz-garnet-clinopyroxene granulite

gneiss (\213 biotite \213 amphibole \213 cordierite)

FAULT CONTACT

NEOARCHEAN TO MESOARCHEAN

7Intermediate to Felsic Intrusive Rocks7a Granite7b Granodiorite7d Feldspar porphyry dike

INTRUSIVE CONTACT

6Mafic Intrusive Rocks6a Diorite6b Gabbro, quartz gabbro6d Melagabbro

INTRUSIVE CONTACT


5Chemical Metasedimentary Rocks5a Oxide-facies ironstone5e Chert5f Graphite schist (\213 pyrite)

4Clastic Metasedimentary Rocks4a Wacke4b Lithic wacke4c Quartz-biotite schist (\213 chlorite)

3Intermediate to Felsic Metavolcanic Rocks3a Massive flow, dacite, rhyodacite3b Lapilli tuff3c Quartz-sericite schist (\213 chlorite \213

biotite \213 plagioclase)

2Mafic to Intermediate Metavolcanic Rocks2a Massive flow, basalt, komatiitic basalt2b Pillowed2c Amygdaloidal, vesicular

1Ultramafic Metavolcanic Rocks1a Serpentine-chlorite schist (\213 magnetite \213

carbonate \213 talc)1f Talc-carbonate schist (\213 chlorite)1g Talc-chlorite schist (\213 carbonate)\127Rocks listed in this legend are subdivided lithologi-cally, and order does not necessarily imply an age rela-tionship.\128The prefix \201D\202 denotes rock types compiledfrom diamond-drill logs from the assessment files of theResident Geologist�s office, Timmins.\129The prefix \201G\202 denotes rock types inter-preted from geophysical data.\130Brackets denote rock types occurring in minoramounts.\131The prefix \201C\202 denotes outcrops and rocktypes compiled from other geological maps.


File c.SYMBOLS\127

Area of bedrock outcrop

Small bedrock outcrop

Geological boundary (assumed)

Geological boundary (interpreted from geophysics)

Foliation (S\012, S\013, inclined)

Foliation (S\012, inclined, dip not measurable)

Gneissosity (inclined)

Bedding (inclined) (symbols within areas of gabbroic rocks indicate primary magmatic layering)

Pillow top (inclined)

Mineral lineation with plunge (L\012)

\127The positions of all boundaries and surveyed lines are approximate.

ABBREVIATIONS\127

cp chalcopyrite

Cu copper

gf graphite

mag magnetite

po pyrrhotite

py pyrite

qv quartz vein

sp sphalerite

\127Brackets indicate minerals that occur in minor amounts.

PROPERTIES\127\128

1. Amax Minerals Inc. (Nova Group 3) [1970�1973]

2. Area Mines Ltd. (Sagittarius Group) [1964, 1965]

3. Area Mines Ltd. (Taurus Group) [1964, 1965]

4. Falconbridge Limited [1993]

\127Exploration work filed for assessment.

\128Dates in brackets indicate the years exploration was in progress.


Appendix 10: Map Legend and Margin Material FormatGuide

This appendix deals with the legend and margin material formats for both PreliminaryMaps and Final Maps, and is con-cerned with the content and style of the margin material. The actual formatting of the legend and margin material, usingthe DEC codes for the Intergraph system, is discussed in Appendix 9.

TYPE SIZESMargin material for both Preliminary and Final Maps will be at a common type size of approximately 8 points. Thiswillbe handled by the cartographic software. Following the instructions in Appendix 9 will result in text columns of the cor-rect width.

LOCATION MAPSLocation maps are clipped from a digital map of Ontario by the cartographer and inserted into the map digitally.

On Final Maps, the map area shown on the location map will be outlined in black and filled with magenta. PreliminaryMaps do not have location maps.

The policy is not to show adjoining maps on location maps unless the map is part of a pair or set of maps (e.g., east half-west half situations). If an adjoining map is to be shown on the location map, it is to be outlined in black. If space allows(i.e., if there is room for both the township name(s) and the map numbers), both map numbers will be shown.

Location maps must have at least one line of latitude and one line of longitude shown on them.

If the map area comprises a township or townships, ensure that the township layer is turned on, and the �area� layer isturned off. If themap area is not a township or townships, and is in an area that hasn�t been divided into townships, ensurethat the �area� layer is turned on.

Ensure that the scale of the location map appears below the location map.

REFERENCES TO MAPS OR REPORTS IN SOURCES OF INFORMATIONWhen maps or reports are cited in the sources of information, they are to appear in standard reference format (see OGSEditorial Guide, Fourth Edition).

DISCLAIMERSFor Preliminary Maps, the correct disclaimer is: �To enable the rapid dissemination of information, this map has notreceived a technical edit. Discrepancies may occur for which the Ontario Ministry of Northern Development andMinesdoes not assume liability. Users should verify critical information.�

For FinalMaps, the correct disclaimer is: �Every possible effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the informationpresented on thismap; however, the OntarioMinistry ofNorthern Development andMines does not assume any liabilityfor errors that may occur. Users should verify critical information.�

COMMON LEGENDS, SYMBOLS, ETC. IN PAIRS OR SETS OF MAPSIn some cases, whenmaps are released as a pair or set (e.g., east half-west half, or adjoining townshipsmapped during thesame project), the geologist has prepared only a single legend. The common legend can be used for all maps in the set,even if all the units do not appear on every map. (The maps must still be checked to ensure that each of the legend unitsappears on at least one of themaps.) A footnote indicatormust be placed after the word �LEGEND�, and a footnotemustbe placed at the end of the legend stating something along these lines: �This legend applies to Maps 2XXX and 2XXY.All units may not be present on this map.�

This rule applies also to common symbols lists, abbreviations lists and properties lists. Each list requires a footnote.

PUNCTUATING SYMBOLS LISTThe feature being symbolized is listed first. Adjectives used to describe the feature appear in parentheses, and areseparated by commas. Further descriptive phrases are separated from the symbol description by semicolons. The word�arrow�, which appears in parentheses in some descriptions, is incorporated into the description. As these are notsentences, no period is necessary at the end.


Geological boundary (observed)

Drill hole (inclined, vertical)

Fault (observed, assumed); spot indicates downthrown side, arrows indicate horizontal movement

Lava flow; arrow indicates top from pillow shape and packing

Bedding (inclined, vertical, overturned); arrow indicates top from cross-bedding

Bedding (inclined, overturned); arrow indicates top from relationship of cleavage and bedding

ROCK-UNIT COLOURSThe following is a broad outline for choosing colours formaps. Consult with themap�s author and cartographer onwhichexact colour to use for each rock unit in order to help prevent the use of colours which are too close in hue to be distin-guished on the plotted maps.

A colour chart for choosing rock-unit colours is present in the back pocket.

Precambrian Geology Maps (Superior Province Greenstone Belt)

VOLCANIC ROCKSultramafic�dark bluish greenmafic�dark green

intermediate�yellowish green

felsic�yellow

INTRUSIVE ROCKSultramafic�bluish purplemafic�blue

intermediate�medium orange-pink

felsic�pink

DIKESNipissing diabase�light pink-purple

lamprophyre�medium purple

late diabase dikes�dark orange

SEDIMENTARY ROCKSclastic�greychemical�brown

Paleozoic and Mesozoic Geology Mapslimestones (or mostly limestone-bearing units)�blue

coarse-grained siliciclastic units (eg., conglomerates, sandstones, siltstones)�yellow or orange

fine-grained siliciclastic units (shales, mudstones, etc.; these units may include calcareous shales as well)�green

dolostones�purple

evaporites (e.g., the Salina Formation)�green or yellow-green

other minor rock types (e.g., lignite and kaolinite)�green or yellow


Quaternary Geology MapsPrecambrian rock�medium red

Paleozoic rock�purple (shales�darker purple, limestones and dolostones�lighter purple)

bedrock-drift complex (shield areas)�pink

tills�green (finer-grained tills�darker green, coarser-grained tills�lighter green)

glaciofluvial ice-contact deposits�reddish orange

glaciofluvial outwash deposits�dark yellow to orange-yellow

glaciolacustrine deposits�sand�light yellow�clay�light blue�silt�medium-light blue

glaciomarine deposits�coarse grained�medium yellow�fine grained�medium blue

beach deposits�dark red

lacustrine deposits�coarse grained�very light yellow�fine grained�very light blue

alluvium�brown (older alluvium�medium brown, younger alluvium�tan)

organic deposits (e.g., peat and muck)�grey


Ontario Geological Survey

MAP P.3497

PRECAMBRIAN GEOLOGY

DISMAL TOWNSHIP

0 1 km0.5500 m

Scale 1:20 000

NTS Reference: 52 A/5, 52 B/8

eQueen�s Printer for Ontario, 1996.

This map is publishedwith the permission of theSeniorManager, OntarioGeologicalSurvey, Precambrian Geoscience Section.

OR, DEPENDING ON ORIGINATING SECTION

This map is publishedwith the permission of theSeniorManager, OntarioGeologicalSurvey, Resident Geologists Section.


This map is publishedwith the permission of theSeniorManager, OntarioGeologicalSurvey, Sedimentary Geoscience Section.

[IFPROJECTWASFUNDEDUNDERANADD-ONPROJECT, FUNDINGSTATE-MENT/LOGO INSERTED HERE]

SOURCES OF INFORMATIONThematic information on this map is tied to a base map derived from maps FRI497864 and FRI 497865 of the Forest Resources Inventory, Lands and WatersGroup, Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources, scale 1:15 840.

OR

Thematic informationon thismap is tied toa basemapderived frommaps 52F/12, 13of the National Topographic System, scale 1:50 000.

OR

Thematic information on this map is tied to a digital base map derived from maps20 15 7200 53600 and 20 15 7200 53700 of the Ontario Basic Mapping Program,Surveys, Mapping and Remote Sensing Branch, Ontario Ministry of Resources,scale 1:20 000.

PRELIMINARY MAP EXAMPLE

EXAMPLES OF MAP LEGENDS AND MARGINAL MATERIALThe following are examples of map-surround and legend material, for both Preliminary and Final Maps. Theseexamples show the various wordings for base-map acknowledgements and permissions, and show the locations offunding statements, scale bars, logos, etc.


Files of the Resident Geologist�s office, Thunder Bay.

Ontario Geological Survey 1991. Airborne electromagnetic and total intensitymagnetic survey, Shebandowan area; Ontario Geological Survey, Map 81 560,scale 1:20 000.

Magnetic declination approximately 3�W in 1993.

Geology not tied to surveyed lines.

CREDITSGeology by M.C. Rogers, V.L. Bannister and W.G. Zwiers, 1995.

Drafting by M.C. Rogers.

OR

Digital drafting by M.C. Rogers.

Cartographic production by A. Evers

To enable the rapid dissemination of information, this map has not received atechnical edit. Discrepanciesmay occur for which the OntarioMinistry of North-ern Development and Mines does not assume liability. Users should verify criti-cal information.

Issued 1996.

Information from this publication may be quoted if credit is given. It is recom-mended that reference to this map be made in the following form:

Rogers,M.C. 1996. Precambrian geology, Dismal Township; OntarioGeologicalSurvey, Preliminary Map P.3497, scale 1:20 000.

LEGENDabc

PHANEROZOICCENOZOIC

QUATERNARYRECENT

Lake, stream and swamp depositsPLEISTOCENE

Glacial deposits; sand, gravel, clay and till

UNCONFORMITY

PRECAMBRIANARCHEANNEOARCHEAN

7 Mafic to Felsic Alkalic Intrusive Rocks7a Monzonite to quartz monzonite7b Monzodiorite to diorite

INTRUSIVE CONTACT

6 Intermediate to Felsic Intrusive Rocks6a Massive granodiorite to quartz monzonite6b Foliated granodiorite to quartz monzonite6c Foliated to gneissic tonalite6d Feldspar porphyritic

INTRUSIVE CONTACT

5 Mafic Intrusive Rocks5a Melanocratic gabbro

INTRUSIVE CONTACT


4 Chemical Metasedimentary Rocks4a Magnetite-chert ironstone4b Magnetite-argillite ironstone

3 Clastic Metasedimentary Rocks3a Lithic wacke3b Feldspathic wacke3c Polmictic paraconglomerate

2 Intermediate Metavolcanic Rocks2a Massive to stratified tuff2b Feldspar porphyritic2c Amphibole porphyritic

1 Mafic Metavolcanic Rocks1a Massive flow1b Tuff1d Feldspar porphyritic1e Amphibolite1f Biotite-bearing1g Magnetite-bearing

aRocks listed in this legend are subdivided lithologically, and order does notimply an age relationship.

bThe letter �G� preceding a code refers to data interpreted from publishedOntario government geophysical maps.

cThis is basically a field legend and may change as a result of subsequentlaboratory investigations.

SYMBOLS

Area of bedrockoutcrop

Small bedrockoutcrop(<15 m by 15 m)

Geological contact(assumed)

Geological contact(interpreted fromgeophysicalinformation)

ABBREVIATIONS

Au gold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

cz carbonatized. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cu copper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Mo molybdenum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

py pyrite. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

qv quartz veining. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

slf silicified. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Schistosity(inclined, vertical)

Gneissosity(inclined, vertical)

Bedding (inclined)

PROPERTIESab

1. Hanna Mining Company [1962]

2. Barbera Exploration and Development Company Limited [1971]

3. New Fortune Mines Limited [1957�58]a Exploration work filed for assessment work credit.b Dates in square brackets indicate years of exploration.


FINAL MAP EXAMPLE

Ontario Geological Survey

MAP 2880

QUATERNARY GEOLOGY

RAT LAKE AREA

NTS Reference: 40 P/7

eQueen�s Printer for Ontario, 1996.

This map is published with the permission of the Senior Manager, Ontario GeologicalSurvey, Sedimentary Geoscience Section.


This map is published with the permission of the Senior Manager, Ontario GeologicalSurvey, Precambrian Geoscience Section.


This map is published with the permission of the Senior Manager, Ontario GeologicalSurvey, Resident Geologists Section.

[IF PROJECT WAS FUNDED UNDER AN ADD-ON PROJECT, FUNDINGSTATEMENT/LOGO INSERTED HERE]

[LOCATION MAP INSERTED HERE]

SOURCES OF INFORMATIONBase map derived from maps FRI 497864 and FRI 497865 of the Forest ResourcesInventory, Lands and Waters Group, Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources, scale1:15 840.

OR

Base map derived from maps 52 F/12, 13 of the National Topographic System, scale1:50 000.

OR

Digital base map derived from maps 20 15 7200 53600 and 20 15 7200 53700 of theOntario Basic Mapping Program, Surveys, Mapping and Remote Sensing Branch,Ontario Ministry of Natural Resources, scale 1:20 000.

Files of the Resident Geologist�s office, Tweed.

Karrow, P.F. 1978. Quaternary geology of the Stratford�Conestogo area, Ontario;Geological Survey of Canada, Paper 70-34, 11p.

Cowan, W.R. 1975. Quaternary geology of the Woodstock area, Southern Ontario;Ontario Geological Survey, Report 119, 91p.

Magnetic declination approximately 3_W in 1993.

0 2 km11000 mScale 1:50 000


LEGENDa

PHANEROZOIC

CENOZOICQUATERNARY

RECENT

16 Stream alluvium: gravel, sand, silt and clay

15 Bog and swamp deposits: peat, muck and marl

PLEISTOCENELATEWISCONSINAN

UNDIVIDED

14 Lacustrine deposits: silt and clay

13 Outwash sand: well sorted, fine to coarse textured

12 Outwash gravel: well sorted, fine to medium textured

11 Ice-contact sand: poorly to well sorted, fine to coarse textured

10 Ice-contact gravel: poorly to well sorted, fine to coarse textured

PORT BRUCE STADIAL

9 Elma Till: silty to sandy till

8 Wartburg Till: clayey till

7 Stratford Till: sandy silty till

6 Mornington Till: silty clay till

CREDITSGeology by P.F. Karrow, 1995.

Drafting by P.F. Karrow

Edit by M.A. Rutka.

Cartographic production by A. Evers.

Every possible effort has beenmade to ensure the accuracy of the information present-ed on this map; however, theOntarioMinistry of NorthernDevelopment andMines doesnot assume any liability for errors that may occur. Users may wish to verify critical infor-mation.

Issued 1996.

Information from this publicationmay be quoted if credit is given. It is recommended thatreference to this map be made in the following form:

Karrow, P.F. 1996.Quaternary geology, Rat Lake area; OntarioGeological Survey,Map2880, scale 1:50 000.


5 Port Stanley Till: sandy to silty till

4 Tavistock Tillb: clayey silt till

3 Maryhill Till: clay till

NISSOURI STADIAL

2 CATFISH CREEK TILLc: sandy to silty, stony till

MIDDLE AND EARLYWISCONSINAN

1 Till, undifferentiated: sandy to clayey tills.

aDeposits on this sheet are mapped only where they reach 1m or more in thickness.Thinner deposits are not shown.

bThe Tavistock Till was informally called the Zorra till in the adjoiningWoodstockmapsheet (Cowan 1975).

cCowan (1975, p.29) indicates that theunit mappedas Zorra till in the adjoiningWood-stock map sheet may contain areas of unmapped Catfish Creek Till.

SYMBOLSGlacial flutings

Esker

Hummockytopography

Ice-contact face

Stream-cut scarp

Crest of minormoraine

Drumlin ordrumlinoid features

Sand and gravel pit

Geologicalboundary,approximate


Appendix 11: Report Format

After serious consideration, the editorial staff of Publication Services has decided to update the format of the Reportseries. The new format is outlined in the following sections.

COVERS

Cover ColoursThe following colours are to be used for the covers of OGS publications:

Reports (GRs)�blue index

Miscellaneous Papers (MPs)�radiant blue

Aggregate Resource Inventory Papers (ARIPs)�dark green

Mineral Deposit Circulars (MDCs)�blue granite

Studies�yellow

Cover PrintingFollowing the general format of report titles, the type sizes and fonts to be used are as follows:

logo�standard Ontario logo

descriptive phrase (e.g., Precambrian Geology, Quaternary Geology, etc.)�18 point, Helvetica bold, upper and lowercase

area name�24 point, Helvetica bold, upper and lower case

Ontario Geological Survey�14 point, Helvetica, upper and lower case

report number�14 point, Helvetica, upper and lower case

year of publication�14 point, Helvetica

MRD InformationIf anMRD (MiscellaneousRelease �Data) is being released in conjunctionwith the report, the information regarding theMRD is placed inside the front cover of the report (printed on the back of the front cover), midway down the page. Thetype is 10point, TimesRoman. The information consists of a statement announcing the release of anMRD in conjunctionwith the report, the reference for the MRD, and a pointer to ordering information on the copyright page.

An MRD (Miscellaneous Release � Data) is being released in conjunction with this report:

Cross, E.E. and Roderick, A.L. 1996. Geochemical Data to accompany Report 375, Swansea area; Ontario Geological Survey, MiscellaneousRelease � Data 68.

See page ii for ordering information.

GENERAL TEXT FORMAT

Body TextThe body text of a report is 10 point, Times Roman. The text will be two columns wide, with the inner margin two picaswider than the outer margin.

Reference TextText in the references is 8 point, Times Roman, two columns.


Running HeadersThe running headers are 8 point, Times Italic. The text is upper and lower case. The header on the left-hand pages is thereport number. The header on right-hand pages is a shortened version of the report title (area name only).

left-hand page OGS Report 294right-hand page Oliver and Ware Townships

Running headers do not appear on preliminary pages.

Running headers are dropped on pages containing level 1 headings (coded <11>); these headings begin each major sec-tion of the report.

Page NumbersThe page numbers on the preliminary pages are found on the bottom centre of each page. The page numbers are 10 point,Helvetica bold, lower-case Roman numerals.

The page numbers on body-text pages are found on the lower left-hand corner of left-hand pages, and the lower right-hand corner of right-hand pages. The page numbers are 10 point, Helvetica bold, Arabic numerals.

Page numbers do not appear on the title page or any blank pages.

ParagraphsIn reports, the first paragraph in each section (after a heading) will not be indented. Each successive paragraph in thesectionwill be indented 18 points. A newparagraph following a list will not be indented. Paragraphswill be separated byone blank line.

HeadingsThe codes and specifications for the various heading levels are listed below:

LEVEL CODE SPECIFICATIONS

I <11> 18 pt. Helvetica bold, upper and lower caseII <12A> 14 pt. Helvetica bold, all upper caseIII <12B> 14 pt. Helvetica bold, upper and lower caseIV <13A> 12 pt. Helvetica bold, all upper caseV <13B> 12 pt. Helvetica bold, upper and lower caseVI <14A> 10 pt. Helvetica bold, all upper caseVII <14B> 10 pt. Helvetica bold, upper and lower caseVIII <15A> 10 pt. Helvetica light, upper and lower caseIX <15B> 10 pt. Times light, italic, upper and lower case (run in)

Do not skip heading levels in the report. The first heading in a major section is <11>, the next level down is <12A>, then<12B>, etc.

IntroductionThe Introduction starts on page 1, a right-hand page. Figure 1 (location map) appears on page 1.

AppendixesAppendixes appear before the References. This is so that citations appearing in the Appendixes will appear before theyare referenced.

Appendixes are numbered, not lettered. However, if Appendixes are subdivided, letters are used.Appendix 3: Classification of volcanic rocks

Appendix 4: Rock geochemistry

Appendix 4a: Whole-rock geochemistry of mafic volcanic rocks

Appendix 4b: Whole-rock geochemistry of felsic volcanic rocks


Metric Conversion PageThe metric conversion page will now be the last page in the book, directly before the back cover. It does not matterwhether the metric conversion page is a right-hand page or a left-hand page.

PRELIMINARY PAGES

Order of Preliminary PagesPreliminary pages are those pages that precede the actual text of the report, and are numbered with Roman numerals (seeexample at the end of this appendix). The practice of starting some sections of a report on right-hand pages necessitatesleaving some pages blank.1. title page (not numbered, right-hand page)2. copyright page (page ii, left-hand page)3. Contents (page iii, starts on a right-hand page)

4. affiliation/Abstract page (right-handpage, Romannumeral (force a blank if necessary for this to start on a right-handpage.))

Note: reports will no longer contain forewords, frontispieces or résumés.

Half titles will only be retained in final publications that do not have abstracts (e.g., some Miscellaneous Papers).

Title PageThe format of the title page reflects the cover format (see example at the end of this appendix):1. logo�standard Ontario logo

2. descriptive phrase (e.g., Precambrian Geology, Quaternary Geology, etc.)�18 point, Helvetica bold, upper andlower case

3. area name�24 point, Helvetica bold, upper and lower case4. Ontario Geological Survey�14 point, Helvetica, upper and lower case

5. report number�14 point, Helvetica, upper and lower case6. author�s name (surname and initials)�14 point, Helvetica, upper and lower case7. year of publication�14 point Helvetica

8. funding program logo (if the report was produced under a funding program)

A left-hand margin of 10 picas will also be set by the typesetters.

Copyright PageThe order of information on this page is as follows (see example at the end of this appendix for content of entries):1. copyright statement, ISSN and ISBN

The copyright statement will consist of the copyright symbol (e) and the line: Queen�s Printer for Ontario, 199_ .

The ISSN and ISBN are provided by the Legislative Library. Each publication in a series has the same ISSN (the Reportseries has the ISSN 0704-2582); please check to see that this is correct.2. ordering information3. Canadian Cataloguing in Publication Data

This information is also supplied by theLegislativeLibrary, and should be entered as it appears on the CCPsheet with oneexception; the author�s birthdate should be removed.3. disclaimer and permission statement

4. referencing information5. critical reader and scientific editor (or editing company, if outsourced)

The critical reader (if there is one) precedes the scientific editor, and they are listed by initials and surname only.


ContentsThe Contents (not Table of Contents) will be generated automatically by the typesetting software.

In the text, property numbers are to be removed from the headings of chapters so as not to appear in the list of contents.

The contents of the text are to be followed by the lists of figures, photos, etc., in this order (see example at the end of thisappendix):1. FIGURES (upper-case letters)

2. PHOTOS (upper-case letters)3. TABLES (upper-case letters)4. GEOLOGICAL MAP(S) (upper-case letters)5. CHARTS (upper-case letters)

6. DIGITAL DATA (if applicable) (upper-case letters)

Note: the Figure andPhoto lists should not reproduce the entire Figure and Photo captions, unless they are very short. Usea shortened version of the captions in the lists. They should not be more than one line in length.

Affiliation/Abstract PageThe information in this section may take up more than one page. The title and author of the report, and the author�saffiliation go at the top of the page, followed by the abstract.1. descriptive phrase (e.g., Precambrian Geology, Quaternary Geology, etc.)�12 point, Helvetica bold, upper and

lower case2. area name�14 point, Helvetica bold, upper and lower case

3. author�s name (surname and initials)�10 point, Helvetica bold, upper and lower case3. author�s affiliation�10 point, Helvetica, upper and lower case4. permission to publish�10 point, Helvetica, upper and lower case

The abstract will be one column wide, centred (with the inner margin two picas wider than the outer margin).

The reference note that follows the abstract (separated from the abstract by a line the width of the column and a blankline) will be in standard OGS reference format (see example at the end of this appendix).

FIGURES

Order of FiguresFigure 1 (the location map) appears on the first page of text (page 1).

If the figures can�t be interspersed with the text (e.g., if there are too many figures for the available text to flow around),the figures are to be put together at the end of the chapter in which they occur.

Figures should appear in the text in the order inwhich they are numbered; however, if the figures are cited out of sequencefor good, illustrative reasons, they may be left as is (i.e., not renumbered).

Figure CaptionsFigure captions are in sentence format (i.e., only first word and proper nouns capitalized, period at end). The word�Figure� and the accompanying number with the period are in 8 point, Times bold, upper and lower case. The rest of thecaption is in 8 point, Times, upper and lower case.

The word �Figure� and the accompanying number are run into the sentence, and there is no hanging indent.

Figure 6.Sketch of generalized proposedmodel for the depositional setting of theHemlo golddeposit. See text for explanation.Modified fromFyfeand Henley (1973).

Coding for figure captions is: <FCAP>Figure 1. Location map of the McKillop Lake area.


CAPTION LAYOUT

Caption Layout for One-Column Figures

The caption starts flush with the left margin of the column (not necessarily the left edge of the image), and, if it is morethan one line long, is flush right also (see Example 1).

Photo 1. Unsorted polymictic conglomerate of the Bruce Formation,Hwy. 17 bypass, southwest of Sudbury.

Example 1.

Caption Layout for Figures Centred Across Two Columns

The caption is centred on the page if it is less than one line long (see Example 2). If it is more than one line long, all linesstart flushwith the left margin of the left column, and are flushwith the rightmargin of the right column (seeExample 3).

Caption Layout for Landscape-Oriented Figures

The caption is centred on the page if it is less than one line long (bottom margin to top margin) (see Example 4). If it ismore than one line long, all lines start flush with the bottommargin of the page, and are flush with the top margin of thepage (see Example 5).

CHARTS

If more than one oversized figure is plotted on a single piece of paper to be placed in the back pocket of the report, thepaper is designated as a chart.

Charts are lettered with upper-case letters, e.g., Chart A, Chart B.

In the Figure list, a figure appearing on a Chart is listed as follows:7. Sketch map of Property 6, Ware Township Chart A, back pocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

In the Chart list, the Chart is listed as follows:A. Figures 1, 7, 8 and 10 back pocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Figure 2. General Geology of Banting Township and the western part of Best Township, District of Nipissing.

Example 2.


Photo 3. Archean metavolcanic rocks. Foliated, mega-feldspar-phyric mafic flows. Located southeast of the southern end of McLean Lake. Thisoutcrop shows extensive glacial scouring.

Example 3.

PHOTOS

Order of PhotosIf the photos can�t be interspersed with the text (e.g., if there are too many photos for the available text to flow around),the photos are to be put together at the end of the chapter in which they occur.

Photos should appear in the text in the order inwhich they are numbered; however, if the photos are cited out of sequencefor good, illustrative reasons, they may be left as is (i.e., not renumbered).

Photo CaptionsPhoto captions are in sentence format (i.e., only first word and proper nouns capitalized, period at end). The word�Photo� and the accompanying number with the period are in 8 point, Times bold, upper and lower case. The rest of thecaption is in 8 point, Times, upper and lower case.

The word �Photo� and the accompanying number are run into the sentence, and there is no hanging indent.

Photo 6. Faint flow banding in heterolithic, felsic tuff breccia, Highway 106, Hyster Township.

Coding for photo caption is: <PCAP>Photo 1. Large mafic pillows west of Norma Creek.

CAPTION LAYOUT

Caption Layout for One-Column PhotosThe caption starts flush with the left margin of the column (not necessarily the left edge of the image), and, if it is morethan one line long, is flush right also (see Example 1).

Caption Layout for Photos Centred Across Two ColumnsThe caption is centred on the page if it is less than one line long (see Example 2). If it is more than one line long, all linesstart flushwith the left margin of the left column, and are flushwith the right margin of the right column (see Example 3).

TABLES

Order of TablesIf tables are long (more than two pages), they should bemade intoAppendixes, andmoved to the end of the report (beforeReferences); that way long tables do not interrupt the flow of the report. Geochemical analyses (whole rock and traceelement) should be Appendixes when more than one page long.


Figure4.Locationsofvenuesandhotels,30thAnnualM

eetingAESE.

Example 4.


Example 5.


Publication Services strongly recommends to authors that they release large tables of analytical results in digital formonly. Since the data should already be summarized in the text of the report, spreadsheet files, released as anMRD,will beof more use to those clients who may wish to manipulate the data with geochemical interpretation software or a GIS.

Tables should appear in the text in the order in which they are numbered; however, if the tables are cited out of sequencefor good, illustrative reasons, they may be left as is (i.e., not renumbered).

Table BodyColumn heads will be in 8 point, Times bold. The table body will be in 8 point, Times.

Table Column AlignmentAll columns in tables of analytical data must be decimal aligned.

Table Title LayoutTable titles are in sentence format (i.e., only first word and proper nouns capitalized, period at end). The word �Table�and the table number with the period will be in 8 pt., Times, bold, upper and lower case. The table title will be in 8 point,Times.

Table 3. Physiographic regions identified in William and Gracie townships.

Coding for table titles is: <T1>Table 10. Gold production in the Stag Lake area, 1970�1995.

Table titles, whether the table is portrait or landscape, start flush with the left margin of the table (see examples 6 and 7).

Table of Lithologic UnitsThe Table of Lithologic Units will be coded using Table of Lithologic Unit codes. These, as well as all other codes, arefound in Appendix 8.


Example 6.

Table 1. Table of lithologic units for Banting Township and the western part of Best Township.

PHANEROZOICCENOZOIC

QUATERNARYPLEISTOCENE AND RECENT

Swamp and stream deposits, till, sand and gravel

UNCONFORMITY

PRECAMBRIANMESOPROTEROZOIC

Mafic Intrusive RocksLate Diabase dikesOlivine Diabase Dikes (Sudbury Swarm)

INTRUSIVE CONTACT

PALEOPROTEROZOIC

Mafic Intrusive Rocks

Nipissing Intrusive RocksVaried textured diabase, felsite dikes, hypersthene diabase, quartz diabase.

INTRUSIVE CONTACT

HURONIAN SUPERGROUP

Cobalt Group

Gowganda FormationColeman Member

Sandstone, pebbly sandstone, mudstone, pebbly mudstone, pebbly wacke, diamictite, basal diamictite, basal breccia

UNCONFORMITY

Mafic to Intermediate Plutonic Rocks

Anima�Nipissing River and Snare Creek IntrusionPyroxene-phyric gabbro, diorite, intrusive and diatreme breccias, lamprophyre and mafic dikes

INTRUSIVE CONTACT

Felsic to Intermediate Plutonic RocksGranite, granitic migmatite and minor pegmatite and aplite

INTRUSIVE CONTACT

Intermediate to Mafic Plutonic RocksDiorite, quartz diorite, hornblende gabbro

INTRUSIVE CONTACT

Hypabyssal Felsic Intrusive RocksFeldspar porphyry

Metavolcanics

Intermediate to Felsic MetavolcanicsHeterolithic tuff-breccia, tuff

Mafic to Intermediate MetavolcanicsAmphibolite; basalt; pillowed basalt; plagioclase-phyric basalt; variolitic basalt; andesite; albite-epidote-hornblende hornfelsand dervived schists; minor tuffs


Example 7.

EXAMPLE OF PRELIMINARY PAGES

Precambrian Geology

Bennett Township and the WesternPart of Reid Township

Ontario Geological SurveyReport 301

M. Franklyn and K. Milhone

1996

ii

�Queen�s Printer for Ontario, 1996 ISSN 0704-2582ISBN 0-7729-7215-X

All publications of the Ontario Geological Survey and the Ministry of Northern De-velopment and Mines are available for viewing and purchase at the following loca-tions:

Mines and Minerals Information Centre (MMIC)Macdonald Block, Room M2-17900 Bay StreetToronto, Ontario M7A 1C3Telephone: 1-800-665-4480 (within Ontario)

(416) 314-3800Fax: (416) 314-3797

Publication Sales933 Ramsey Lake Road, Level B2Sudbury, Ontario P3E 6B5Telephone: (705) 670-5691Fax: (705) 670-5770E-mail: [email protected]

Digital data (Data Sets and MRDs) are available only at Publication Sales, Sudbury.

Use of Visa or Mastercard ensures the fastest possible service. Cheques or money or-ders should be made payable to the Minister of Finance.

Canadian Cataloguing in Publication Data

Franklyn, MichaelPrecambrian geology, Bennett Township and the western part of Reid Township

(Ontario Geological Survey report, ISSN 0704-2582 ; 301)ISBN 0-7729-7215-X

1. Geology--Ontario--Bennett. 2. Geology--Ontario--Reid. 3. Geology, Stratigraph-ic -Precambrian. I. Milhone, Kinsey II. Ontario Ministry of Northern Developmentand Mines. IV. Ontario Geological Survey. V. Title. VI. Series.

QE191.S69 1996 551.7�097131�47 C95-964003-7

Every possible effort is made to ensure the accuracy of the information contained inthis report, but the Ministry of Northern Development and Mines does not assumeany liability for errors thatmayoccur. Source references are included in the report andusers may wish to verify critical information.

If you wish to reproduce any of the text, tables or illustrations in this report,please write for permission to theManager, Publication Services Section, Ministry ofNorthern Development andMines, 933 Ramsey Lake Road, Level B4, Sudbury, On-tario P3E 6B5.

Cette publication est disponible en anglais seulement.

Parts of this report may be quoted if credit is given. It is recommended that referencebe made in the following form:Franklyn, M. andMilhone, K., 1996. Precambrian geology, Bennett Township and theWestern Part of Reid Township; Ontario Geological Survey, Report 301, 55p.

iii

Contents

Introduction 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Acknowledgements 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Topography and Drainage 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General Geology 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Archean 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Metavolcanic Rocks 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mafic to Intermediate Metavolcanic Rocks 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Intermediate to Felsic Pyroclastic Rocks 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Petrochemistry of the Metavolcanic Rocks 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hypabyssal Intrusive Rocks 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Intermediate to Ultramafic Intrusive Rocks 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Petrochemistry of the Intermediate to Ultramafic Intrusive Rocks 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Intermediate to Felsic Intrusive Rocks 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Migmatites 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mylonitic Rocks 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Petrochemistry of the Granitoid Rocks 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Mafic Intrusive Rocks 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lamprophyre and other Mafic Dikes 17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Anima�Nipissing River and Snare Creek Intrusions 18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Petrochemistry of the Lamprophyric Suite of Rocks 20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rare Earth Element Geochemistry 21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Paleoproterozoic 22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Huronian Supergroup 22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cobalt Group 22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Gowganda Formation 22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Mafic Intrusive Rocks 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Nipissing Intrusive Rocks 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Petrochemistry of the Nipissing Diabase Rocks 25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Neoproterozoic 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mafic Intrusive Rocks 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Sudbury-type Olivine Diabase 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Late Diabase Dikes 26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Petrochemistry of the Mesoproterozoic Dikes 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pleistocene and Recent 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Structural Geology 35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Introduction 35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Archean Structures 35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Proterozoic Structures 37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Lineaments, Faults and Deformation Zones 37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Discussion 38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Correlation of Aeromagnetic and Gravity Data with Geology 39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Economic Geology 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Recommendations for Future Exploration in Bennett and Reid Townships 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Archean Mineralization 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Proterozoic Mineralization 43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Appendix 1: Petrographic data for metamorphic rocks 44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix 2: Sulphide mineral analyses 45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Appendix 3: Assay data for mineralized ore specimens 46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .References 47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Conversion Factors for Measurements in Ontario Geological Survey Publications 55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

iv

FIGURES1. Key map showing location of Bennett Township and the western part of Reid Township 1. . . . . . . . .

2. General geology of Bennett Township and the western part of Reid Township 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3. Geological cross section of Bennett Township 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4. Detailed lithologic map of Lynley occurrence Chart A, back pocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5. Detailed lithologic map of Havers occurrence Chart A, back pocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6. Sketch map of cleared outcrops, A property back pocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PHOTOGRAPHS1. Foliated, mega-feldspar-phyric mafic flows 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2. Foliated, heterolithic lapilli tuff 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3. Photomicrograph (crossed polarizers) of quartz diorite 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TABLES1. Table of lithologic units for Bennett Township and the western part of Reid Township 8. . . . . . . . . .

2. Gold production from Bennett Township, 1971---1995 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3. Gold production from Reid Township 42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

GEOLOGICAL MAPSMap 2657 --- Precambrian Geology, Bennett Township back pocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Map 2658 --- Precambrian Geology, West Part of Reid Township back pocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CHARTSA. Figures 4 and 5 back pocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

v

Precambrian Geology

Bennett Township and the Western Part of Reid Township

M. Franklyn1 and K. Milhone2

1 Geologist, Ontario Geological Survey, Precambrian Geoscience Section

2 Geologist, Ontario Geological Survey, Resident Geologists Section

Manuscript approved for publication and published with the permission of the Senior Manager, OntarioGeological Survey, Precambrian Geoscience Section, February, 1996.

Abstract

This report describes the geology and economic mineral potential of Bennett Township and the western part of ReidTownship, District of Nipissing. The study area is bounded by latitudes 47_08�45� N and 47_14�05� N, and longitudes75_51�00�W and 80_01�06�W, and covers approximately 124 square kilometres.

All lithologic units in the map area are of Precambrian age. Archean metavolcanic rocks consist of steeply dipping,mafic to intermediate tholeiitic flows and calc-alkalic pyroclastic rocks which occur in a narrow, branching belt. Theserocks have undergone at least 2 and possibly 3 phases of folding and regional, lower-greenschist metamorphism. Bothbrittle and ductile deformation occurred contemporaneously with folding. It produced several major deformation zoneswith the most prominent being the east-northeast-trending Anima�Nipissing River Deformation Zone (ANRDZ). Themetavolcanic rocks have been intruded by gabbroic, dioritic and later granitic rocks. Rocks in the contact aureoles of thegranite batholiths are of hornblende-hornfels facies. Neoarchean mafic to intermediate intrusive rocks, including lam-prophyre, intrude the granites and older Archean gabbro.

Archean rocks are unconformably overlain by Paleoproterozoic glaciogenic sedimentary rocks of the ColemanMember of the Gowganda Formation of the Huronian Supergroup. An undulating sill of Paleoproterozoic Nipissing dia-base intrudes Archean basement and Huronian sedimentary rocks and is exposed as several eroded diabase arches anddiabase basins. A northwest-trending, olivine diabase dike (Sudbury Swarm) and several swarms of narrower, later dia-base dikes postdate the Nipissing diabase and are the youngest rocks in the study area.

Prospecting and exploration activity has been sporadic in the area. Small test pits and trenches were located and arepresumably 50 to 80 years old. No significant mineral occurrences were discovered, largely owing to the absence ofCobalt-type, silver-arsenide vein deposits, despite lithologic and stratigraphic relationships present that are similar tothose in Cobalt. Quartz � calcite veins in the upper, varied-textured portions of the Nipissing diabase sill contain minorgold, silver and copper values. Quartz veins in Archean basement rocks are typically barren of sulphides but havereturnedgold values of up to 0.05 ouncesAu per ton. These anomalous gold and copper values aremainly associatedwiththe main east-northeast-trending Anima�Nipissing River Deformation Zone (ANRDZ). Other gold mineralization maybe related to the lamprophyric suite of rocks located near the main deformation zone. The Archean hornblende gabbromay have potential for base metal and platinum group element mineralization.

Franklyn, M. andMilhone, K. 1996. Precambrian geology, Bennett Township and theWestern Part of ReidTown-ship; Ontario Geological Survey, Report 301, 55p.


Appendix 12: Information Needed for ArchivingDiskettes

When preparing authors� original diskettes for archiving, the following information must be printed clearly on the dis-kette label. After the label has been filled out correctly, the diskette should be given to the typesetter for archiving.

D project unit numberD author�s name or namesD publication series type and numberD publication title (if space is short, just use the map area name)

D file types, e.g., report files, map legend filesD software package if known

Examples:

PU 92-09M.C. Rogers, B.R. BergerReport 295

Adrian, Marks, Sackville, Aldina and Duckworth Townshipsreport file, table files

WP 6.0, Excel 5.0PU 93-16

A.D. MacTavishP.3262Nova Township

map file, legend fileAutoCAD, WP 5.1


Appendix 13: OGS Map Abbreviations

The following is a list ofmap abbreviations,modified fromSymbols for rock-formingminerals1. All of themineral namesand suggested abbreviations in the article are incorporated here (capitalizationwasdropped). Additional terms, addedbythe OGS, also appear. For simplification purposes and because duplications in abbreviations were noted, some abbrevia-tions have been modified.

acmite acm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

actinolite act. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

aegirine ae. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

aegirine-augite agt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

akermanite ak. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

albite ab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

allanite aln. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

almandine alm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

alunite at. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

amethyst amy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

amphibole amp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

analcite anl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

anatase ant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

andalusite and. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

andradite adr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

anhydrite anh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ankerite ank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

annabergite anb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

annite ann. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

anorthite an. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

antigorite atg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

anthophyllite ath. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

anthraxolite anx. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

apatite ap. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

apophyllite apo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

aragonite arg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

arfvedsonite arf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

argentite agn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

arsenopyrite apy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

asbestos asb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

augite aug. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

axinite ax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

azurite az. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

barite brt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

berthierite bth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

beryl brl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

biotite bt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

bismuthinite bm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

boehmite bhm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

bornite bn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

boulangerite bl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

brannerite brn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

breccia bx. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

breithauptite btp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

brookite brk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

brucite brc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

bustamite bst. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

calcite cal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

calcitic marble cmb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

cancrinite ccn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

carbonate c. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

carbonatized cz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

carnallite car. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

carnegieite crn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

cassiterite cst. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

celestite cls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

cement cem. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

cerrusite cer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

chabazite cbz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

chalcedony chy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

chalcocite cc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

chalcopyrite cp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

chert ch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

chloanthite cln. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

chlorite chl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

chloritoid cld. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

chondrodite chn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

chromite chr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

chrysocolla ccl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

chrysotile ctl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

cinnabar ci. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


clinoamphibole cam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

clinoenstatite cen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

clinoferrosilite cfs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

clinohumite chu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

clinopyroxene cpx. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

clinozoisite czo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

cobaltite cob. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

columbite clm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

cordierite crd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

corundum cdm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

covellite cv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

cristoballite crs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

crocidolite crc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

cubanite cn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

cummingtonite cum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

datolite da. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

diallage dl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

diamond dm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

diaspore dsp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

diatomite dtm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

dickite dt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

digenite dg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

diopside di. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

dolomite dol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

dolomitic marble dmb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

dolostone ds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

dravite drv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

eckermannite eck. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

edenite ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

elbaite elb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

epidote ep. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

enstatite (ortho) en. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

erythrite ery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

euxenite eux. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

fassite fst. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

fayalite fa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

feldspar fel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

fergusonite frg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ferrimolybdite fmo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ferroactinolite fac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ferroedenite fed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ferrosilite (ortho) fs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ferrotschermakite fts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

flourite (fluorspar) fl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

forsterite fo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

fuchsite fu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

galena gn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

garnet grt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

gedrite ged. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

gehlenite gh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

gersdorffite grf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

gibbsite gbs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

glauconite glt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

glaucophane gln. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

goethite gt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

granite g. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

granitized gz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

graphite gr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

gravel gl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

grossularite grs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

grunerite gru. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

gypsum gp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

halite hl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

hastingsite hs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

hauyne hyn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

hedenbergite hd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

hematite hem. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

hercynite hc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

heulandite hul. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

hornblende hbl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

hornfels hfl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

humite hu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

hypersthene hy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

illite ill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ilmenite ilm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

iron formation IF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ironstone ir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

jadeite jd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

jamesonite jm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

jarosite jr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

jasper jas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

johannsenite jh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

kaersutite krs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

kalsilite kls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


kaolinite kln. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

kataphorite ktp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

kornerupine krn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

kyanite ky. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

labradorite lab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

laumonite lmt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

lawsonite lws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

lepidolite lpd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

leptochlorite le. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

leucite lct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

lignite lig. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

limestone ls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

limonite lm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

lizardite lz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

loellingite lo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

maghemite mgh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

magnesiokatophorite mkt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

magnesioriebeckite mrb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

magnesite mgs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

magnetic attraction MA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

magnetite mag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

malachite mlc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

manganite man. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

marble mb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

marcasite mar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

margarite mrg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

mariposite mp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

marl mrl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

melilite mel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

meneghinite men. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

mica mi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

microcline mc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

millerite ml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

molybdenite mo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

monazite mnz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

monticellite mtc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

montmorillonite mnt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

mullite mul. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

muscovite ms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

nacrite nr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

natrolite ntr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

nephelite (nepheline) ne. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

niccolite nc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

nontronite nt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

norbergite nrb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

nosean nsn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

oligoclase olg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

olivine ol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

omphacite omp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

orthite ot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

orthoamphibole oam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

orthoclase or. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

orthopyroxene opx. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ozokerite ozk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

paragonite pg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

pargasite prg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

pectolite pct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

pentlandite pn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

periclase per. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

peridotite prd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

perovskite prv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

petzite pet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

phlogopite phl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

pigeonite pgt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

pitchblende pbl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

plagioclase pl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

platinum group element PGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

potassium feldspar kfs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

powellite pow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

prehnite prh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

protoenstatite pen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

proustite pru. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

psilomelane psi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

pumpellyite pmp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

pyrargyrite pr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

pyrite py. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

pyrochlore pyl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

pyrolusite pyr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

pyrope prp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

pyrophyllite prl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

pyroxene px. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

pyrrhotite po. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

quartz qtz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

quartz carbonate qc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


quartz carbonate vein qcv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

quartz vein qv. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

quartzite qte. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

radioactive minerals ra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

rammelsbergite rm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

rare earth elements REE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

rhodochrosite rds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

rhodonite rdn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

riebeckite rbk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

roscoelite rsc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

rutile rt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

safflorite sf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

sand snd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

sand and gravel sgl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

sandstone ss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

sanidine sa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

sapphirine spr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

scapolite scp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

scheelite she. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

schorl srl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

scorodite so. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

sericite ser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

serpentine srp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

shale sh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

siderite sd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

silica si. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

silicified slf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

sillimanite sil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

skutterudite sk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

slate sl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

smaltite sml. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

sodalite sdl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

specularite spc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

sperrylite spy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

spessartite (spessartine) sps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

sphalerite sp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

sphene spn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

spinel spl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

spodumene spd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

staurolite st. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

stibnite sb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

stichtite stc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

stilbite stb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

stilpnomelane stp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

stone s. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

strontianite str. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

sulphide mineralization SM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

sylvanite syl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

talc tlc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

tantalite ta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

tellurides tel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

tennantite tn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

tetrahedrite td. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

thompsonite tmp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

thorite th. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

thucholite thc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

titanite ttn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

titanomagnetite tmag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

topaz toz. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

tourmaline tur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

tremolite tr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

tridymite trd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

troilite tro. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

tschermakite ts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ulvöspinel usp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

uraninite urn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

uranophane urp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

uranothorite uth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

valleriite vlt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

vanadinite va. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

vermiculite vrm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

vesuvianite ves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

witherite wth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

wollastonite wo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

wüstite wus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

zircon zrn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

zoisite zo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1Kretz, R. 1983. Symbols for the rock-forming minerals; American Mineralogist, v.68, p.277-279.


Appendix 14: Symbols and Names of ChemicalElements

Ac actinium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ag silver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Al aluminum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Am americium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ar argon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

As arsenic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

At astatine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Au gold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

B boron. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ba barium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Be beryllium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bi bismuth. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bk berkelium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Br bromine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

C carbon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ca calcium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cd cadmium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ce cerium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cf californium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cl chlorine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cm curium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Co cobalt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cr chromium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cs cesium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cu copper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dy dysprosium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Er erbium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Es einsteinium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Eu europium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F fluorine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fe iron. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fm fermium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fr francium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ga gallium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gd gadolinium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ge germanium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

H hydrogen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

He helium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hf hafnium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hg mercury. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ho holmium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

I iodine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

In indium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ir iridium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

K potassium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Kr krypton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

La lanthanum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Li lithium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lr lawrencium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lu lutetium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Md mendelevium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Mg magnesium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Mn manganese. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Mo molybdenum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

N nitrogen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Na sodium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Nb niobium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Nd neodymium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ne neon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ni nickel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

No nobelium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Np neptunium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

O oxygen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Os osmium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

P phosphorus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pa protactinium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pb lead. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pd palladium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pm promethium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Po polonium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pr praseodymium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pt platinum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Pu plutonium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Ra radium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rb rubidium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Re rhenium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rh rhodium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rn radon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ru ruthenium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

S sulphur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sb antimony. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sc scandium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Se selenium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Si silicon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sm samarium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sn tin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sr strontium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ta tantalum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tb terbium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tc technetium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Te tellurium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Th thorium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ti titanium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tl thalium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tm thulium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

U uranium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V vanadium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

W tungsten. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Xe xenon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Y yttrium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Yb ytterbium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Zn zinc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Zr zirconium. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Names and Symbols of Chemical Elements

actinium Ac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

aluminum Al. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

americium Am. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

antimony Sb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

argon Ar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

arsenic As. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

astatine At. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

barium Ba. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

berkelium Bk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

beryllium Be. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

bismuth Bi. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

boron B. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

bromine Br. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

cadmium Cd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

calcium Ca. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

californium Cf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

carbon C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

cerium Ce. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

cesium Cs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

chlorine Cl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

chromium Cr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

cobalt Co. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

copper Cu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

curium Cm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

dysprosium Dy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

einsteinium Es. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

erbium Er. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

europium Eu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

fermium Fm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

fluorine F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

francium Fr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

gadolinium Gd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

gallium Ga. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

germanium Ge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

gold Au. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

hafnium Hf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

helium He. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

holmium Ho. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

hydrogen H. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

indium In. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

iodine I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

iridium Ir. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

iron Fe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

krypton Kr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

lanthanum La. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

lawrencium Lr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

lead Pb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

lithium Li. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

lutetium Lu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

magnesium Mg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

manganese Mn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

mendelevium Md. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

mercury Hg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

molybdenum Mo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

neodymium Nd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

neon Ne. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

neptunium Np. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

nickel Ni. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

niobium Nb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

nitrogen N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

nobelium No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

osmium Os. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

oxygen O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

palladium Pd. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

phosphorus P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

platinum Pt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

plutonium Pu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

polonium Po. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

potassium K. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

praseodymium Pr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

promethium Pm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

protactinium Pa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

radium Ra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

radon Rn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

rhenium Re. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

rhodium Rh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


rubidium Rb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ruthenium Ru. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

samarium Sm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

scandium Sc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

selenium Se. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

silicon Si. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

silver Ag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

sodium Na. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

strontium Sr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

sulphur S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

tantalum Ta. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

technetium Tc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

tellurium Te. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

terbium Tb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

thalium Tl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

thorium Th. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

thulium Tm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

tin Sn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

titanium Ti. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

tungsten W. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

uranium U. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

vanadium V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

xenon Xe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ytterbium Yb. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

yttrium Y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

zinc Zn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

zirconium Zr. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Appendix 15: Hierarchy, Acronyms and Initialisms ofGeophysical Exploration Methods

As this is technical terminology, initialisms and acronyms should only be used if they have been previously defined, andif their usage is clearly understood.

Ground GeophysicsI. Seismic Methods:

{Exploration Seismology}A. artificial impulse source

1. reflection2. refraction

B. artificial controlled-sweep source1. Vibroseis� (Continental Oil Co.)

{refection survey}II. Potential Field Methods:

{nth derivative and filtered presentations}A. gravity

1. free-air corrected presentation

2. Bouguer corrected presentation3. terrain corrected presentation4. vertical and horizontal gradient5. residual (removal of regional effects)

B. magnetics{induced and remanent}

1. variometer survey2. vertical and horizontal component3. total field or total intensity4. residual (removal of regional effects)

III. Radioactivity Methods:{radiometric surveys (RA)}

A. Geiger-Müller counterB. scintillation meterC. gamma-ray spectrometer

IV. Electrical and Electromagnetic Methods (EM):A. natural field source

1. magnetotelluric method (MT)2. telluric-MT method (TMT)3. audiomagnetotelluric method (AMT)4. audio frequency magnetotelluric method (AFMAG)5. EM array profiling (EMAP)6. self-potential method (SP)

B. artificial controlled source{horizontal profiling and/or depth sounding}1. contact electrical methods

a. electrical resistivity (DC) method{real and apparent}


b. induced polarization method (IP)(1) time domain

(2) frequency domain

c. mise-à-la-masse method2. inductive methods

a. time domain electromagnetic methods (TDEM){transient electromagnetic method (TEM)(1) University of Toronto EM (UTEM�)(2) long offset transient electromagnetic method (LOTEM)(3) pulse EM (PEM)

i) Crone Geophysics Ltd. PEM and deep EM (DEEPEM)ii) Geonics Limited EM-37 and EM-42

(4) controlled source audiomagnetotelluric method (CSAMT)(6) Turam method

(7) Sundberg method

b. frequency domain electromagnetic method (FEM){in-phase and quadrature components}

(1) moving source

(i) horizontal loop EM (HLEM)(ii) vertical loop EM (VLEM)(iii) very low frequency EM (VLF-EM)

(2) fixed source(i) Androtex Limited ELFAST�

c. ground penetrating radar

(1) multifrequency(2) shallow reflection

Airborne and Spaceborne GeophysicsI. Potential Field Methods:

A. gravityB. magnetics (AM)

1. vertical and/or horizontal components

2. total field or total intensity3. residual (observed values - regional values)

II. Electromagnetic Methods (AEM):{fixed wing or helicopter surveys (HEM)}{time domain or frequency domain}

III. Radioactivity Methods:{Airborne Radiometric Surveys (ARA)}A. natural source

1. gamma-ray spectrometry

B. activated source


IV. Remote Sensing:{imaging and nonimaging}

A. active

B. passive1. LANDSAT system

{also SPOT, HCMM, SEASAT}

a. multispectral scanner (MSS)b. thematic mapper (TM)c. thermal infrared multispectral scanner (TIMS)

Common AM-AEM SystemsI. Geoterrex ltd. � GEOTEM�

II. Barringer Research Ltd. � INPUT Mark IV�

III. Aerodat Ltd. � Aerodat Multifrequency HEM�

IV. Dighem Surveys & Processing Inc. � Dighem III� HEM System


Appendix 16: Geochemical Symbols, Initialisms andAbbreviations

GENERAL RULESThe value of a physical quantity is always expressed as a numerical value and a unit. The symbol for a physical quantity isalways given in italic type and the symbol for the unit is always given in roman type.

T = 450 K

V = 55 m3

Cp = 45.4 J mol-1 K-1

A subscript to a symbol for a physical quantity is given in italic type if it refers to another physical quantity.Cp� heat capacity at a constant pressure

Bn� nth virial coefficient

A subscript that does not refer to a physical quantity is given in Roman type.mp � mass of proton

Ek � kinetic energy

SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS AND INITIALISMS

A activity (of a radioactive substance). . . . . . . . . . .

Å ångstrom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

AAS atomic absorption spectroscopy or. . . . . . . . . .spectrophotometry

abs absolute. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

AES atomic emission spectroscopy. . . . . . . . . . . . .

amu atomic mass unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

aq aqueous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Ar atomic weight (relative atomic mass). . . . . . . . .

atm standard atmosphere. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

at.wt. atomic weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

av average. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

C heat capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

_C degrees Celsius. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CCD charge-coupled device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

cfm cubic feet per minute. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

conc concentrated, concentration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CRM certified reference (rock) material. . . . . . . . . .

Eh standard oxidation-reduction potential. . . . . . . .

eV electron volt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

f activity coefficient, force constant, frequency,. . .fugacity

_F degrees Fahrenheit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

HPLC high-performance liquid chromatography. . .

HREE heavy rare earth element. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

I ionic strength. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

IC integrated circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ICAP inductively coupled argon plasma. . . . . . . . .spectrometry

ICP-MS inductively coupled plasma mass. . . . . . . .spectrometry

ICP-OES inductively coupled plasma optical. . . . .emission spectroscopy

ID inside diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

INAA instrumental neutron activation analysis. . . .

K Kelvin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LOI loss on ignition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LREE light rare earth element. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ma mass of atom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

mol.wt. molecular weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

mp melting point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

mp mass of proton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

MS mass spectrometry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

n amount of substance, number density,. . . . . . . . . .principal quantum number, refractive index

NTP normal temperature and pressure. . . . . . . . . . .

obs observed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


OD outside diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

p proton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

P pressure, probability, power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

pe probable error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

pH negative log of hydrogen ion concentration. . . .(acidity or alkalinity)

ppb parts per billion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ppm parts per million. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

psi pounds per square inch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

psia pounds per square inch absolute. . . . . . . . . . . .

psig pounds per square inch gage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Q.E.D. quod erat demonstrandum. . . . . . . . . . . . . .(which was to be proven)

REE rare earth element. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

rpm revolutions per minute. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

rps revolutions per second. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

rsd relative standard deviation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

s solubility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

sd standard deviation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SEM scanning electron microscope. . . . . . . . . . . . .

SEM-EDS scanning electron microscope. . . . . . . .electron dispersive spectrometry

sg specific gravity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SI Système International. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SMOW standard mean ocean water. . . . . . . . . . . . .

std standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

STP standard temperature and pressure. . . . . . . . . . .

t time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

T temperature. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

t½, T½ half-life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TDS total dissolved solids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TIMS thermal ionization mass spectrometry. . . . . .

u unified atomic mass unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

UHF ultrahigh frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

UV ultraviolet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

v frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

VHF very high frequency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

VIS visible region of the spectrum. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

VUV vacuum ultraviolet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

v/v volume for volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

w mass fraction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

w/v weight for volume. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

w/w weight for weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

x mole fraction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

XRD X-ray diffraction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

XRF X-ray fluorescence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

XRS X-ray spectroscopy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

z charge number of an ion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Z atomic number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� alpha particle, absorption coefficient. . . . . . . . . . .

� beta particle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

photon, activity coefficient. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� chemical shift. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� mass defect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

magnetic susceptibility, molar. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .absorption coefficient

� radioactive decay (rate) constant, absolute. . . . . .activity, thermal conductivity, wavelength

Λ angular momentum, ionic conductivity. . . . . . . . .

� mean life. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� chemical potential, electric dipole moment. . . . . .permeability

� density, reflectance, resistivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� electrical conductivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� volume fraction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� magnetic susceptibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

�e electric susceptibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ψ wavefunction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


SUBSCRIPTS USED TO DENOTE A CHEMICAL REACTION ORPROCESSThese symbols are given in roman type as they do not refer to physical quantities.

ads adsorption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

at atomization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

c combustion reaction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

dil dilution (of a solution). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

dpl displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

f formation reaction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

fus melting, fusion (solid liquid). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

imm immersion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

mix mixing of fluids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

r reaction in general. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

sol solution (of solute in solvent). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

sub sublimation (solid gas). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

trs transition (between two phases). . . . . . . . . . . . . .

vap vapourization (liquid gas). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

RECOMMENDED SUPERSCRIPTSThese symbols are given in roman type as they do not refer to physical quantities.

E excess quantity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

id ideal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

* pure substance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

�, o standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� infinite dilution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

] activated complex, transition state. . . . . . . . . . . . .


Appendix 17: Paleozoic Stratigraphy Currently in Useby the OGS for Southern and Eastern Ontario

PORT LAMBTON GROUPSunbury FormationBerea FormationBedford Formation

Kettle Point Formation

HAMILTON GROUPIpperwash FormationWidder FormationHungry Hollow FormationArkona FormationRockport Quarry FormationBell Formation

Marcellus Formation

Dundee Formation

DETROIT RIVER GROUPLucas Formation

Anderdon MemberAmherstburg Formation

Formosa Reef LimestoneSylvania Sandstone Member

Onondaga FormationEdgecliff MemberClarence MemberMoorehouse Member

Bois Blanc Formationunnamed upper memberSpringvale Sandstone Member

Oriskany Formation (or Oriskany Sandstone)

Bertie FormationOatka MemberFalkirk MemberSkajaquanda MemberWilliamsville MemberAkron Member

Bass Islands Formation

Salina FormationGFEDCBA-2A-1A-0

Guelph Formation

Lockport FormationEramosa MemberVinemount Shale BedsAncaster Chert BedsGoat Island MemberGasport Member

Amabel Formation

Eramosa MemberWiarton/Colpoy Bay MemberLions Head Member

CLINTON GROUPDeCew FormationRochester FormationIrondequoit FormationFossil Hill FormationReynales FormationSt. Edmund FormationWingfield FormationDyer Bay FormationNeagha FormationThorold Formation

CATARACT GROUPGrimsby FormationCabot Head FormationManitoulin FormationWhirlpool Formation

Queenston Formation

Georgian Bay Formationupper member (informal)middle member (informal)lower member (informal)

Carlsbad Formation

Blue Mountain Formation

Billings Formation

OTTAWA GROUP (SIMCOEGROUP= Lindsay, Verulam,Bobcaygeon and Gull RiverFormations)

Lindsay FormationCollingwood or EastviewMemberunnamed lower member

Verulam FormationBobcaygeon Formation

upper member (informal)middle member (informal)lower member (informal)

Gull River Formationupper member (informal)lower member (informal)

Shadow Lake Formation

Rockcliffe FormationSt. Martin Memberunnamed lower member

BEEKMANTOWN GROUPOxford FormationMarch Formation

POTSDAM GROUPNepean FormationCovey Hill Formation


Appendix 18: Stratigraphy of the Huronian Supergroup

COBALT GROUP

Bar River Formation: quartz arenite, siltstone

Gordon Lake Formation: siltstone, sandstone, mudstone, minor dolostone

Lorrain Formation: arkose, quartz arenite, siltstone, quartz-pebble conglomerate

Gowganda Formation: mixtite, polymictic conglomerate, siltstone, mudstone, arkose

LOCAL DISCONFORMITY TO UNCONFORMITY

QUIRKE LAKE GROUP

Serpent Formation: subarkose, subwacke

Espanola Formation: limestone, siltstone, dolomtic limestone, wacke

Bruce Formation: mixtite, siltstone, wacke, arkose

LOCAL DISCONFORMITY

HOUGH LAKE GROUP

Mississagi Formation: subarkose, siltstone, polymictic conglomerate, quartz-pebble conglomerate

Pecors Formation: siltstone, argillite, wacke

Ramsay Lake Formation: mixtite, wacke, siltstone

(Aweres Formation in the Sault Ste. Marie area is equivalent to Mississagi--Ramsay Lake Formations)

LOCAL DISCONFORMITY

ELLIOT LAKE GROUP (Sault Ste. Marie�Elliot Lake area)

McKim Formation: mudstone, siltstone, wacke

Matinenda Formation: arkose, grit, subarkose, uranium-bearing quartz-pebble conglomerate

DISCONFORMITY

Thessalon Formation: tholeiitic metabasalt, andesite, rhyolite, felsic pyroclastic rocks, arkose, grit, quartz-pebbleconglomerate (locally uranium bearing)

DISCONFORMITY

Livingstone Creek Formation: arkose, subwacke, polymictic conglomerate

LOCAL DISCONFORMITY

ELLIOT LAKE GROUP (Espanola�Sudbury area)

McKim Formation: mudstone, siltstone, wacke and metamorphic equivalents

Matinenda Formation: arkose, quartz-pebble conglomerate (in part intercalated with volcanic units)

Copper Cliff Formation: rhyolite, dacite and intrusive equivalents, pyroclastic equivalents

Stobie Formation: tholeiitic metabasalt, amphibolite, wacke, siltstone (locally pyrite bearing)

Salmay Lake Formation (Massey area): metabasalt, mafic and felsic pyroclastic rocks

Elsie Mountain Formation: metabasalt, minor wacke, siltstone

RELATIONSHIP WITH HURONIAN ROCKS UNCERTAIN

gabbro-anorthosite (East Bull Lake type): gabbro, anorthositic gabbro, granophyre

INTRUSIVE CONTACT


Appendix 19: Copyright Permission Forms

COPYRIGHT PERMISSION REQUEST FORM

Ontario Geological Survey/Publication Services

The following information pertains to the work for which permission is requested:

Author: Date of Publication:

Title (specify edition):

ISBN or ISSN:

Page numbers and/or figurenumbers to be duplicated:

The following information pertains to the work in progress:

Purpose of reproduced material:

Will the material berevised and/or abridged?:(If yes, a copy of the proposedchanges is attached.)

Approximate numberof copies to be made:

Will the material be sold? Price?:

Type of reprint to be used(photocopy, typeset):

Approximate date by which reprintis to be made:


(Date)

(Name & address of copyright holder)

To whom it may concern:

I am preparing ________________________________________________________________ forthe Ontario Geological Survey dealing with _______________________________________.I would like permission to include the material, as outlined on the attached form, in this andany future revisions and/or editions thereof; the work and copyright holder will be cited in thecustomary manner.

This permission will in no way restrict re-publication of your material by you or others authorizedby you. If it is not within your power to grant these rights, please let me know whom I shouldcontact.

I am looking forward to hearing a positive reply to this request. I have included, for yourconvenience, a copy of this letter for your files.

Yours truly,

(Name & address of author)


Appendix 20: ARIP Format Rules

ARIPs (Aggregate Resource Inventory Papers) follow the general Report format rules (see Appendix 11) with a fewexceptions. Exceptions, as well as changes from the way ARIPs are done now, are listed below. The editor is advised toconsult a recent ARIP as well as this guide when formatting an ARIP manuscript.

ARIP authors will use the correct SI short forms for metric units: m, km, t, ha, kg, etc.

All standard tables will be present in the ARIP, even if they contain no data. They are useful to the main user groups ofthese publications. However, empty tables will be stacked together to save on white space in the report.

Capitalization will be retained in the names of special products, e.g., Hot-laid (or Asphaltic) Aggregate; and for specificselected resource areas, e.g., Selected Resource Area 2.

The terms �texture symbol� and �deposit symbol� will no longer be capitalized. Neither will non-specific selectedresource areas, i.e., ones without numbers.

The bolding already in use in ARIPs will be retained.

The italics will be removed from the equation in ARIPs.


References for this Volume

Bates, L. and Jackson, J.A. eds. 1987. Glossary of geology, 3rd ed.; American Geological Institute, Alexandria, 788p.

Cluff, J.L. 1980. Time and time again; Journal of Sedimentary Petrology, v.50, no.3, p.1021-1022.

Department of Justice 1989. The copyright act and regulations, an office consolidation; Butterworth�s Canada Ltd., Vancouver, 109p.

Department of the Secretary of State of Canada 1985. The Canadian style, a guide to writing and editing; Dundurn Press Limited, Toronto, 256p.

Freelance Editors� Association of Canada 1987. Editing Canadian English; Douglas & McIntyre Ltd., Vancouver, 205p.

Government of Canada 1989. The copyright act and regulations; Butterworths Canada Ltd., Vancouver.

Irvine, T.N. and Baragar, W.A. 1971. A guide to the chemical classification of the common igneous rocks; Canadian Journal of Earth Sciences, v.8,p.523-545.

McKee,E.D. andWeir,G.W. 1953.Terminology for stratification and cross-stratification in sedimentary rocks;Geological Society of America,Bulletin,v.64, p.381-389.

Merriam�Webster Inc. 1988. Webster�s ninth new collegiate dictionary; Merriam�Webster Inc., Springfield, Massachusetts, 1563p.

NorthAmericanCommission on StratigraphicNomenclature 1983. NorthAmerican stratigraphic code; TheAmerican Association of PetroleumGeolo-gists Bulletin, v.67, no.5, p.841-875.

Streckeisen, A. 1976. To each plutonic rock its proper name; Earth-Science Reviews, v.12, p.1-33.

Sylvester, A. and Costa, J. 1989. Comments; Geological Society of America Bulletin, v.101, no.9, p.1105-1106.

1990. Comments; Geological Society of America Bulletin, v.102, no.7, p.851.

TheMining Association of Canada 1983.Metric practice guide for the mining and metallurgical industries; TheMining Association of Canada,Ottawa,33p.

Walford, L. 1971. Photography, theory and practice, v.6; Focal Press Ltd., Chicago, 125p.

Wentworth, C.K. 1922. A scale of grade and class terms for clastic sediments; Journal of Geology, v.30, p.377-392.

ISSN 0704--2752ISBN 0--7778--5592--5

ogs editorial guide - ontario€¦ · fourth edition ontario geological survey miscellaneous paper...

Documents